As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 10, 2006

                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                          AMENDMENT NO. 9 TO FORM SB-2

             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                               (INITIAL STATEMENT)

                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.


            NEVADA                         8000                   20-2008579
  (State or jurisdiction of    (Primary Standard Industrial    I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)  Classification Code Number)  Identification No.)

                               10/27 Mayneview St.
                                     Milton
                                    Australia
                                  61-7-33673355
                              Telefax 61-7-33673252
          (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)

          3155 E. Patrick Lane, Suite 1, Las Vegas, Nevada, 89120-3481
                                  (702)866-2500
                              Telefax (702)866-2689
(Address of principal place of business or intended principal place of business)

                              Incorp Services, Inc.
          3155 E. Patrick Lane, Suite 1, Las Vegas, Nevada, 89120-3481
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                          Copies of communications to:

                             Richard I. Anslow, Esq.
                              Anslow & Jaclin, LLP
                          195 Route 9 South, Suite 204
                           Manalapan, New Jersey 07726

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.


                                        1




If any of the securities registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed
or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check
the following box. [X]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under
the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check
the following box. [ ]

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

                                                          Proposed
                                                           maximum        Proposed
         Title of each                                    offering         maximum         Amount of
      class of securities                 Amount to       price per       aggregate       registration
        to be registered                be registered       share       offering price        fee
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              
Common shares, par value $.001 (1)        3,000,000         $1.50         $4,500,000        $529.65
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common shares, par value $.001 (2)        1,434,006         $1.50         $2,151,009        $253.17
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common shares, par value $.001 (3)          420,000         $1.50         $  630,000        $ 74.15
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common shares, par value $.001 (4)          450,000         $1.50         $  675,000        $ 79.45
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common shares, par value $.001 (5)          914,000         $1.50         $1,371,000        $161.36

Total                                     6,218,006                       $9,327,009        $1,097.78
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     (1)  Represents shares being sold to the public. The price of $1.50 per
          share is being estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the
          registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act.
     (2)  Represents the resale of the shares of common stock issuable in
          connection with the conversion of options originally issued to Fort
          Street Equity, Inc. Since issuance of 2,000,000 options to Fort Street
          Equity, it has sold 100,000 options to Ralston Superannuation Fund,
          50,000 options to Bruce Gilling, 277,576 options to Therese Mulherin,
          16,666 options to Kelly Superannuation Fund, 66,666 options to Mark
          Hoey, 13,420 options to Sandra Wendt, 16,666 options to Keith Appleby
          and 25,000 options to Neil Wendt. Following the sale of these options
          Fort Street Equity retains 1,434,006 options that are convertible to
          shares of common stock. The price of $1.50 per share is being
          estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
          pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act.
     (3)  Represents Selling Security Holder shares being sold to the public.
          The price of $1.50 per share is being estimated solely for the purpose
          of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the
          Securities Act.

     (4)  Represents Selling Security Holder shares being sold to the public.
          The price of $1.50 per share is being estimated solely for the purpose
          of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the
          Securities Act.

     (5)  Represents Selling Security Holder shares of Fort Street Equity, Inc.
          being sold to the public. The price of $1.50 per share is being
          estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
          pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act.

                                        2


The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file
a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement
shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the
Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The
selling stockholders may not sell these securities until this Registration
Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This
prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an
offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not
permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JANUARY __, 2006






                                        3


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                        3,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
     RESALE OF 1,434,006 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE IN CONNECTION WITH
                      THE CONVERSION OF OUTSTANDING OPTIONS
                 1,784,000 SELLING SECURITY HOLDER COMMON SHARES

Fit For Business International, Inc. is offering, on a "best efforts" basis
3,000,000 shares of our common stock at $1.50 per share. The initial offering
period will end twelve (12) months from the date listed in this prospectus
unless it is terminated earlier. This Offering is being made on a
self-underwritten, no minimum basis by us through our officers and directors.
Since there is no selling commission, all proceeds from the Offering will go to
us. In addition, there are no arrangements to place any proceeds received in an
escrow, trust or similar account. There are no minimum individual purchase
requirements for this offering.

In addition, our Selling Security Holders are offering to sell up to 1,784,000
shares of our common stock, and a further 1,434,006 resale of shares of common
stock issuable in connection with the conversion of outstanding options.

Our shares of common stock are not listed on any stock exchange. There is no
assurance that our shares of common stock will be quoted on any stock exchange
in the future. The selling stockholders will sell their common stock at $1.50
per share until our shares of common stock are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board.
Thereafter, the selling stockholders may sell their shares at prevailing market
prices or privately negotiated prices.

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY ARE SPECULATIVE, AND INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK
AND SHOULD NOT BE PURCHASED BY ANYONE WHO CANNOT AFFORD THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE
INVESTMENT. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE INFORMATION SET
FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 8, BEFORE INVESTING IN SUCH SECURITIES.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the
adequacy or accuracy of the prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may
not sell these securities until this Registration Statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective by the Securities and
Exchange Commission. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities
and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the
offer or sale is not permitted.

              Price to Public    Underwriting Commissions    Proceeds to Company
              ---------------    ------------------------    -------------------
Per Share     $1.50                        -0-                    $1.50
Total         $4,500,000                   -0-                    $4,500,000

                The date of this prospectus is January____, 2006

                                        4


                                Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY............................................................6

RISK FACTORS..................................................................7

USE OF PROCEEDS..............................................................13

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE..............................................16

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.....................16

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION.........................................16

DIVIDENDS....................................................................16

PENNY STOCK CONSIDERATIONS...................................................17

COMMISSION'S POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES......17

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION....................17

BUSINESS - OUR COMPANY.......................................................32

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY......................................................53

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS............................................................53

MANAGEMENT DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS..................................53

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.......................................................56

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS.......................................................58

DILUTION.....................................................................59

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS.........................................................60

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION.........................................................63

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS...............................64

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES....................................................67

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
 FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE........................................................68

TRANSFER AGENT...............................................................68

EXPERTS......................................................................68

LEGAL MATTERS................................................................68

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.........................................................F-1

SIGNATURES...................................................................75


                                       5





                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
                                    About Us

We were established on May 30, 2001, and incorporated in the State of Nevada on
July 31, 2001, under the name Elli Tsab, Inc. We have remained essentially
inactive since incorporation. We changed our name to Patient Data Corporation on
April 15, 2004, and we also increased our authorized capital to 100,000,000
shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, each with a par
value of $.001 per share.

On September 14, 2004, we acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding capital
shares of Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited ("Subsidiary"), an Australian
company. All shares of Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited were owned by
Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. Currently our
operations are conducted through our Subsidiary which delivers wellness programs
to businesses in Australia. One component of our program includes the provision
of nutritional and health supplements manufactured by Herbalife Ltd.

In exchange for all of the issued and outstanding shares of Subsidiary, we
issued an aggregate of 15,000,000 of our common shares and 1,000,000 of our
preferred shares to the stockholders of Subsidiary, Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A.
Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates
Pty. Ltd. subsequently transferred some of their common shares to other
individuals and entities.

On January 13, 2005, we changed our name to Fit For Business International, Inc.
("FFBI") in order to better reflect our new business plan.

Our auditors have issued a going concern qualification in their opinion letter.

                              Where You Can Find Us

Our registered United States office is located at 3155 E. Patrick Lane, Suite 1,
Las Vegas, Nevada, 89120-3481, USA. Our telephone number is (702)866-2500 and
our facsimile number is (702)866-2689. Fit for Business (Australia) Pty Limited
(our operations) is located at 10/27 Mayneview Street, Milton, Queensland, 4064
Australia. Our telephone number in Australia is (011) 61 7 33673355 and our
facsimile number is (011) 61 7 33673252.

                            Securities Offered By Us

We are offering a maximum amount of 3,000,000 shares of common stock, $.001 par
value, at $1.50 per share. Currently, we have not established an underwriting
arrangement for the sale of these shares. All funds that are received by us in
the offering are available for immediate use. There is no minimum number of
shares that must be sold before we can utilize the proceeds of the offering.

In addition, there are no arrangements to place any proceeds received in an
escrow, trust or similar account. In addition, our Selling Security Holders are
offering to sell up to 1,784,000 shares of our common stock, and a further
1,434,006 resale of shares of common stock issuable in connection with the
conversion of outstanding options. We will not receive any proceeds from the
sale of any common shares by our selling security holders or our option holders.

SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION:
                                                                 As of            As of
                                                             September 30,       June 30,
                                                                  2005             2005
                                                             -------------    -------------
                                                              (Unaudited)       (Audited)
                                                                        
Balance Sheet Items-
   Cash on hand and in bank (including restricted
    cash at June 30, 2005)                                   $       4,564    $       3,680

   Total current assets                                      $     383,009    $     382,132

   Total assets                                              $     543,777    $     516,766

   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                  $     150,872    $     141,484

   Loans from related parties                                $      61,335    $      71,146

   Deferred revenues                                         $     500,000    $     500,000

   Total current liabilities                                 $     712,207    $     714,238

   Long-term promissory notes and accrued interest           $     128,019    $      34,050

   Stockholders' (deficit)                                   $    (296,449)   $    (231,522)


                                       6

                                                                   Three-Month Periods
                                                                   Ended September 30,           Year Ended
                                                             ------------------------------       June 30,
                                                                  2005             2004             2005
                                                             -------------    -------------    -------------
                                                              (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)       (Audited)
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (loss) items-
   Revenues                                                  $       2,870    $       1,884    $      11,053

   Cost of Goods Sold                                                  893              737            4,300

   Gross Profit                                                      1,977            1,147            6,753

   Selling, general and administrative expenses                    120,825          226,403          537,653

   Other income (expense)                                           (1,335)          (5,696)          (5,408)

   Net (loss)                                                $    (120,183)   $    (230,952)   $    (536,308)

  (Loss) per common share - Basic and Diluted                $       (0.01)   $       (0.01)   $       (0.03)

   Weighted Average Number of Common Shares
     Outstanding - Basic and Diluted                            20,870,000       20,013,973       20,235,890



                                  RISK FACTORS

All material risks have been disclosed in this section.

OUR INDEPENDENT AUDITORS HAVE ISSUED A NEGATIVE REPORT WHICH MAY CAUSE OUR
CESSATION, HAVE INVESTORS LOSE THEIR INVESTMENT AND HURT OUR ABILITY TO RAISE
ADDITIONAL FINANCING.

The report of our independent auditors on our financial statements for the year
ended June 30, 2005, contains an explanatory paragraph which indicates that we
have recurring losses from operations, and our working capital is insufficient
to meet our planned business objectives. The accumulated deficit during our
development stage as of September 30, 2005, was $(997,600). Because of these
losses, there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going
concern. The report of independent auditors and the existence of these recurring
losses from operations may make it more difficult for us to raise additional
debt or equity financing needed to run our business, and are not viewed
favorably by analysts or investors. Furthermore, this may cause our cessation of
business resulting in investors losing their money. We urge potential investors
to review our interim and audited financial statements before making a decision
to invest in us.

IT IS POSSIBLE THAT WE MAY HAVE VIOLATED SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
BASED ON FORT STREET EQUITY ACTING AS AN UNDERWRITER WHEN IT SOLD THE SECURITIES
ACQUIRED FROM US AND THE PROXIMITY IN TIME BETWEEN SALES OF SECURITIES BY FORT
STREET EQUITY TO THIRD PARTIES AND LOANS MADE BY FORT STREET TO US AND IF THIS
IS DETERMINED TO BE A PRIMARY OFFERING WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT, WE MAY BE SUBJECT TO CIVIL PENALITES AND OTHER SANCTIONS AS WELL AS
THE RESCISSION RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES THAT PURCHASED THE SECURITIES FROM FORT
STREET EQUITY, AMOUNTING TO $126,528 AND ACCRUED INTEREST OF $1,491, AS OF
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005.

It is possible that it can be determined that we violated Section 5 of the
Securities Act of 1933. Section 5(a) of the Securities Act prohibits the use of
any means or instruments of transportation or communication in interstate
commerce or of the mails to sell a security unless a registration statement is
in effect as to such security. Section 5(c) of the Securities Act prohibits the
use of any means or instruments of transportation or communication in interstate
commerce or of the mails to offer to sell or offer to buy a security unless a
registration statement has been filed as to such security. Because Fort Street
Equity was acting as an underwriter when it sold the securities acquired from us
and the proximity in time between sales of securities held by Fort Street Equity
to third parties and loans made by Fort Street Equity to us, such transactions,
taken together, may be viewed as a primary offering by us or on our behalf
without an effective registration statement on file with the Securities and
Exchange Commission.

The transactions that may have caused such a violation of Section 5 are as
follows: On July 25, 2004, we issued 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity,
Inc. to purchase the same number of shares of its common stock for $10,000 in
cash. Since issuance to Fort Street Equity, it sold 100,000 options to Ralston
Superannuation Fund, 50,000 options to Bruce Gilling, 277,576 options to Therese
Mulherin, 16,666 options to Kelly Superannuation Fund, 66,666 options to Mark
Hoey, 13,420 options to Sandra Wendt, 16,666 options to Keith Appleby and 25,000
options to Neil Wendt. In addition, for the purposes of providing working
capital, we borrowed from Fort Street Equity $19,050 on May 11, 2005, $15,000 on
June 19, 2005, $60,240 on July 1, 2005, $20,000 and $5,000 on August 29, 2005,
$2,280 on September 14 2005, $5000 on September 23, 2005 and $7,500 on September
26, 2006.

                                       7




In addition, in light of the proximity in timing between the sales of 565,994
stock options held by Fort Street to various parties and the loans evidenced by
promissory notes made by Fort Street to us, such sales of options by Fort Street
are believed to be a primary offering of securities by an underwriter on behalf
of the Company under Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act").
If it is determined that such transactions constitute a primary offering by or
on behalf of us in violation of Section 5 of the 1933 Act, then we may be
subject to remedial sanctions. Such sanctions may include the payment of
disgorgement, prejudgment interest and civil or criminal penalties pursuant to
Sections 12(a)(1), 8A, and 24 of the Securities Act. We are not aware of any
pending claims for sanctions against us based on Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and
we intend to vigorously defend against any such claims if they arise. However,
in our financial statements, we have classified the promissory notes, amounting
to $126,528 of principal, and accrued interest of $1,491, as of September 30,
2005, as amounts subject to rescission.

In addition,  nevertheless,  it is possible that a court could determine that we
did  engage in a  primary  offering  and that we are  subject  to  disgorgement,
interest  and  possible  civil  penalties.  This  claim,  if  successful,  would
significantly  exceed our cash reserves and require us to borrow funds and would
materially  and  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial
condition.  Therefore,  these claims would have a  significant  impact on us and
could force us to consider bankruptcy or a similar alternative.

OUR OPERATIONS AND FUTURE GROWTH ARE HEAVILY DEPENDENT UPON OUR PRESIDENT, MARK
A. POULSEN, OUR SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT OF SALES, ANTHONY F. HEAD, SANDRA L.
WENDT, OUR VICE PRESIDENT OF ADMINISTRATION, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER, AND PRINS A. RALSTON, OUR SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
AND CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER, AND OTHER MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL. IF WE LOSE THE
SERVICES OF THESE EMPLOYEES WE WILL BE UNABLE TO DEVELOP OUR BUSINESS WITH THE
SAME SPEED THAT WE HAVE ANTICIPATED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS COULD LEAD TO THE
REDUCTION OF PROJECTED REVENUES AND DELAY THE IMPLEMENTATION OF OUR GROWTH
STRATEGIES.

In the event that any of these executives are unable to carry out their services
due to illness, death, or if they decide to leave our employ, these events could
have a material adverse effect on our revenue projections, future success, and
ability to continue to implement our growth strategies. During our development
phase, these key officers formulate and execute the strategy being pursued by us
in our operations. We do not carry key person life insurance on any such
individual. The following are the roles and responsibilities of our executives,
and if one of these executives was unable to perform their role we would need to
have another executive undertake their essential duties while we recruited a
replacement, resulting in further expenses and delay in the implementation of
our growth strategies:

------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------------------------

Title                             Name                Role/Responsibility
------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------------------------
                                              
President and Chief               Mark A. Poulsen     Chairman of the Board Fit for Business
Executive Officer                                     International Inc.;
                                                      Managing  Director Fit For
                                                      Business  (Australia)  Pty
                                                      Limited;    Provides   the
                                                      leadership  and  direction
                                                      for  strategy  and program
                                                      structure of the Company.
------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------------------------
Senior Vice President             Anthony F. Head     Leads & Develops Sales initiatives;
of Sales                                              Training of Sales and Customer Service
                                                      Staff; Manages key corporate relationships
                                                      and accounts; Preparation of Sales Budgets.
------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------------------------
Vice President of                 Sandra L. Wendt     Accounting Officer;
Administration, Chief                                 Manages Financial Function;
Financial Officer and                                 Oversees personnel & administration;
Principal Accounting Officer                          Preparation of Forecasts & Budgets.
------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------------------------
Senior Vice President &           Prins A. Ralston    Establishes and develops the Fit for
Chief Operating Officer                               Business personnel, structures, operating
                                                      processes, and systems in countries in
                                                      which the Company operates;
                                                      Leads and manages the personnel of the
                                                      Company;
                                                      Manages the financial affairs of the
                                                      Company;
                                                      Manages the legal and governance affairs
                                                      of the Company.
------------------------------- ------------------- ---------------------------------------------


                                       8


WE HAVE A LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY AND MAY NOT BE ABLE TO CONTINUE TO
SUCCESSFULLY DEVELOP OUR BUSINESS PLAN OR ACHIEVE PROFITABILITY.

We are a development stage company and have a limited operating history. Our
success will depend largely upon our ability to implement our business plan. Our
ability to identify customers will be crucial to our success. Due to our
development stage, we do not have consistent cash flow.

SINCE MARK A. POULSEN, OUR PRESIDENT, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, AND DIRECTOR,
OWNS A COMPANY THAT RUNS A HERBALIFE DISTRIBUTORSHIP THAT INCLUDES A NETWORK OF
DISTRIBUTORS THAT RESULTS IN THIS COMPANY RECEIVING ADDITIONAL COMMISSIONS AND
INCOME FROM HERBALIFE, MARK A. POULSEN COULD INFLUENCE THE SOURCING OF THE
NUTRITIONAL PRODUCTS REQUIRED FOR OUR PROGRAMS FROM HIS DISTRIBUTORS TO THE
EXCLUSION OF OTHER DISTRIBUTORS, AND AS SUCH, A CONFLICT OF INTEREST CAN ARISE.

Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. is a company of which Mark A. Poulsen is
a Director, and through which he runs his Herbalife distributorship. Herbalife
runs a network marketing system, under which Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty.
Ltd. directly receives 5% of income from Herbalife, dependant on the volume of
the nutritional products sold through distributors who have been sponsored by
Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd.

Currently, Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. has distributors (21) that it
has sponsored under the Herbalife networking system that are signed up as
independent FFBI account executives (16) and customer service representatives
(5). As such, Mark A. Poulsen should receive some distribution of dividends or
income from Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. that have resulted from
commissions paid to Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. from Herbalife as a
result of nutritional products sold by FFBI's independent account executives and
customers service representatives. This is a conflict of interest and may result
in his allegiance being swayed.

INVESTORS IN THIS OFFERING WILL SUFFER IMMEDIATE DILUTION OF THEIR INVESTMENT OF
$1.31 PER SHARE.

Investors in this offering are paying $1.50 per share. If the maximum number of
shares of common stock offered in this Offering are sold, our net tangible book
value per share will be $.19 per share. This will result in immediate dilution
in your investment of $1.31 per share.

SINCE WE DEPEND ON HERBALIFE LTD. PRODUCTS AND WE HAVE NO WRITTEN AGREEMENT FOR
SUCH PRODUCT SUPPLY THROUGH THEIR INDEPENDENT DISTRIBUTOR, THIS RELATIONSHIP CAN
TERMINATE WITHOUT NOTICE AND CAUSE THE LOSS OF FUTURE REVENUES AND OPERATIONS.

Our business plan relies upon Herbalife to supply products through its
distributors for our nutritional programs. We do not have a formal agreement
with Herbalife or its distributors. Mark A. Poulsen, the Founder, President, and
Chief Executive Officer of Subsidiary, is an independent distributor of
Herbalife products through Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. Each of our
account executives may also be an independent distributor of Herbalife products.
If Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. or any of our account executives were
to lose their distributorship with Herbalife, or if any governmental regulations
were to negatively impact Herbalife or its products, our business revenues and
operations would be significantly reduced. In these circumstances, we would need
to find new Herbalife distributors and, or, a new supplier of nutritional
products.

AS THE NUTRITIONAL COMPONENT OF OUR PROGRAMS INVOLVES THE COMPANY SELLING THE
NUTRITIONAL PRODUCTS OBTAINED THROUGH EXISTING HERBALIFE DISTRIBUTORS, WE MAY BE
IMPACTED BY THE NEGATIVE CONNOTATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE NETWORK MARKETING
UNDERTAKEN BY THESE DISTRIBUTORS WITH THE RESULTING LOSS OF CORPORATE CUSTOMERS
AND SUBSEQUENT LOSS OF REVENUES.

                                       9





Herbalife distributes its nutritional product utilizing a network marketing
model. This style of marketing has been previously and incorrectly associated
with the outlawed pyramid sales models. Due to this incorrect association, we
may be negatively impacted as potential corporate customers may be reluctant to
be associated with products obtained from network marketing based distributors.
We clearly remunerate our employed and independent account executives and
customer service representatives only on the basis of retail sales of our
programs to our customers, and are not involved in any form of pyramid sales, as
follows:

------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------
Type                      Salary                           Commission                  Bonuses
------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------
                                                                              
Employed Account          Negotiated dependent on          Negotiated dependent on     Negotiated dependant
Executives                qualifications and experience.   sales volumes.              on budget and key
                                                                                       performance indicators
                                                                                       being achieved.
------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------
Employed Customer         Negotiated dependent on          NIL                         Negotiated dependant
Service                   qualifications and experience.                               on budget and key
Representatives                                                                        performance indicators
                                                                                       being achieved.
------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------
Independent Account       NIL                              Sliding scale after a       NIL
Executives                                                 threshold of $100,000
------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------
Independent Customer      NIL                              35% of the retail sale of   NIL
Service Representatives                                    the customers serviced.
------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------


The impact of an incorrect association on a new customer may indicate that we
will be unable to sell our programs to them, or if they were an existing
customer, we may lose an existing contract with them. As such, there would be a
resultant decrease in revenues.

OUR BUSINESS AND THE HERBALIFE NUTRITIONAL PRODUCTS ARE SUBJECT TO EXTENSIVE
GOVERNMENT REGULATION, AND OUR FAILURE TO SECURE GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS WILL
RESULT IN THE LOSS OF THE PRODUCT AND DECREASED REVENUES AND OPERATIONS.

Both the business and the Herbalife products, at the core of the nutrition
components of our programs, are subject to extensive government regulation in
various jurisdictions. For example, we may be subject to regulations pertaining
to: (1) program claims and advertising, including direct claims and advertising
by us, as well as claims and advertising by our account executives or customer
service representatives, for which we may be held responsible; (2) our
distribution system; and (3) transfer pricing and similar regulations that
affect the level of taxable income and customs duties.

For example, in the United States, the formulation, manufacturing, packaging,
storing, labeling, promotion, advertising, distribution and sale of our
Herbalife products may be subject to regulation by one or more governmental
agencies, including (1) the Food and Drug Administration ("FDA"), (2) the
Federal Trade Commission ("FTC"), (3) the Consumer Program Safety Commission
("CPSC"), (4) the United States Department of Agriculture ("USDA"), (5) the
Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") and (6) the United States Postal
Service. Our activities are regulated by various agencies of the states,
localities and other countries in which our programs are distributed and sold.
The FDA, in particular, regulates the formulation, manufacture and labeling of
foods, dietary supplements and over-the-counter ("OTC") drugs, such as those
distributed by us. FDA regulations require Herbalife suppliers to meet relevant
good manufacturing practice ("GMP") regulations for the preparation, packing and
storage of foods and OTC drugs. GMP's for dietary supplements have yet to be
promulgated but are expected to be proposed. In some jurisdictions, we may,
prior to commencing operations, be required to obtain approval, licenses or
certification from the relevant governmental health agency. There is no
guarantee that we will be able to secure the necessary approvals in any of our
targeted markets for the Herbalife products, and we may have to substitute other
approved nutritional products in these markets.

SINCE OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS ARE PRESENTLY LOCATED IN AUSTRALIA AND SUBJECT TO
THE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF AUSTRALIA, YOU MAY NOT BE FAMILIAR WITH SUCH RULES
AND REGULATIONS AND MAY NOT HAVE THE CAPABILITY TO MAKE AN INFORMED DECISION
REGARDING YOUR INVESTMENT.
                                       10


Our business operations are based in Australia. Our products and services are
subject to the rules and regulations of Australia as are the operations of our
Subsidiary in Australia. The major areas of Australian Law most likely to impact
FFBI are as follows:

     o    The Australia New Zealand Food Standards Code;
     o    Therapeutic goods legislation;
     o    Corporations law regulating incorporation, operations and management
          of companies;
     o    Australia's income tax law ;
     o    The Australian Federal Trade Practices Act and comparable legislation
          in the Australian State and Territory jurisdictions;
     o    the common law of contract; and
     o    the common law of negligence.

If you are a United States investor, you may not be knowledgeable about the
above rules and regulations in Australia. This may lead to your inability to
make an informed decision about an investment in us.

OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS ARE TRANSACTED IN THE AUSTRALIAN DOLLAR AND SUBJECT TO
FOREIGN CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS WHICH CAN DECREASE THE VALUE OF OUR ASSETS.

We are an Australian based company. Although the financial information in this
document is presented in United States dollars, we transact our business in the
Australian dollar. Any negative price fluctuations in the Australian dollar to
the United States dollar will have the effect of decreasing the value of our
assets and, in turn, decreasing the value of your investment.

SALES BY SELLING SECURITY HOLDERS BELOW THE $1.50 OFFERING PRICE MAY CAUSE OUR
STOCK PRICE TO FALL AND DECREASE DEMAND IN THE PRIMARY OFFERING WHICH MAY
DECREASE THE VALUE OF YOUR INVESTMENT.

Our Selling Security Holders may offer their shares during our offering. All of
our stock owned by the Selling Security Holders will be registered by the
Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part. The Selling Security
Holders may sell some or all of their shares immediately after they are
registered. In the event that the Selling Security Holders sell some or all of
their shares, which could occur while we are still selling shares directly to
investors in this offering, trading prices for the shares could fall below the
offering price of the shares and result in the loss of part, or all, of your
investment.

YOU MAY NOT BE ABLE TO LIQUIDATE YOUR INVESTMENTS SINCE THERE IS NO ASSURANCE
THAT A PUBLIC MARKET WILL DEVELOP FOR OUR COMMON STOCK OR THAT OUR COMMON STOCK
WILL EVER BE APPROVED FOR TRADING ON A RECOGNIZED STOCK EXCHANGE OR QUOTATION
MEDIUM.

There has been no trading market for our common stock and none is anticipated to
develop in the near future. We intend to apply for quotation on the Over the
Counter Bulletin Board concurrently with the filing of this offering. It is
unlikely that our trading market will develop in the near term, or that if
developed, it will be sustained. In the event the regular public trading market
does not develop, any investment in our common stock would be highly illiquid.
Accordingly, an investor in our common stock may not be able to sell the shares
readily, if at all.

OUR CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND DIRECTOR CURRENTLY CONTROLS APPROXIMATELY 89.99%
OF OUR ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING SHARES AND, THEREFORE, CONTROLS ALL STOCKHOLDER
DECISIONS RESULTING IN THE REMAINDER OF OUR STOCKHOLDERS HAVING NO CONTROL OVER
OUR CORPORATE ACTIONS.

Mark A. Poulsen, our Chief Executive Officer and Director, beneficially owns, in
the aggregate, approximately 89.99% of our issued and outstanding common stock
assuming inclusion of 50,000,000 shares of common stock based on Mr. Poulsen's
ownership of 1,000,000 Series "A" Preferred Shares. Mr. Poulsen's ownership of
1,000,000 shares of our preferred stock, gives him 50 voting rights per share.
Therefore, this individual is in a position to exert actual or effective control
over our business and operations, including the election of all of our directors
and approval of significant corporate transactions. The remainder of our
stockholders will have no control over our corporate actions.

                                       11


INVESTORS IN THIS OFFERING WILL BEAR THE MOST RISK OF LOSS EVEN THOUGH OUR
PRESENT CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND DIRECTOR WILL CONTROL US.

Our present officers and directors own an aggregate of 14,155,000 shares or
61.89% of our total issued and outstanding shares of common stock (but not
including up to 1,434,006 shares issuable upon the exercise of options) and
1,000,000 preferred shares before the registration and the issuance of
additional shares of common stock from this Offering. This controlling interest
was acquired at a cost substantially below the offering price. Further, some of
our Selling Security Holders acquired their shares at a cost of $0.33 and $0.50
per share. Accordingly, purchasers of the shares of common stock offered will
bear most of the risk of loss although our control will be maintained by the
existing stock owners by virtue of their percentage of stock ownership.

IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT WE PROTECT OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND THE
FAILURE TO DO SO WILL HAVE A NEGATIVE IMPACT ON OUR BUSINESS DUE TO THE FACT
THAT A NEW COMPETITOR MAY GAIN ENTRY INTO THE MARKETPLACE RESULTING IN A LOSS OF
CUSTOMERS, REVENUE AND A SLOW GROWTH PLAN.

Our business depends on intellectual and property laws to safeguard our assets.
Our intellectual property consists of: (i) computer software and systems design
for our call center, (ii) trademark of Fit For Business, (iii) website design
for management information systems (to be completed), (iv) design for multimedia
training programs (in progress), (v) marketing and promotional literature and
materials (ongoing), (vi) account executive and customer service resources,
customer service representatives, compact disc and training manuals, (vii)
television program pilots and script (initial pilot for thirteen week television
program complete, (viii) and customer and prospects list. Our success in
defending our intellectual property assets and ensuring that we do not infringe
on the intellectual property rights of others can be an expensive process, and
have a significant effect on our business. Our failure to protect our
intellectual property assets, or the infringement on the rights of others could
have a negative material effect on us in that we could lose our market advantage
that we have over our existing competitors, or a new competitor may gain entry
into the market place as a result of obtaining our intellectual property. Due to
the increased competition this would create, we would lose our advantage in
acquiring and obtaining customers with the subsequent loss in revenue and a
slowing down in our growth plans.

We are introducing a new concept to our business plan that may not be successful
resulting in depletion of our resources. Our business plan calls for the
development of a new concept of corporate wellness solutions in which we target
a specific market (i.e., industry, business, government and individuals 45 years
of age and older). This is to be introduced in Australia and other markets.
There is no assurance that we will be successful in introducing this concept.
The introduction of this concept consists of the use of our cash reserves which
will be depleted if the introduction of this concept is not successful.

WE CURRENTLY HAVE ONE LICENSEE THAT PROVIDED $500,000 OF DEFERRED REVENUE FOR
THE PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2005.

We entered into our first license agreement with L.R. Global on August 25, 2004.
During the period ended September 30, 2005, due to our delay in completing our
capital formation activities (where completion is a verbal condition of our
agreement), we recognized $0 revenue from that License Agreement. As of
September 30, 2005, L.R. Global owed us $375,250 for unpaid license fees.

If we are unsuccessful in our Offering, we will not be able to satisfy the
obligation that we have to L.R. Global to have our Common Stock listed on a
recognized stock exchange. If the listing on a recognized stock exchange is not
accomplished, we believe that we will not be able to collect the remaining
license fees owed to us of $375,250, and we will have to renegotiate the terms
of our License Agreement, or even cancel the Agreement. This would have a
significant adverse impact on us financially, and would decrease our expected
cash flows from operations accordingly.

                                       12


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds to us from this Offering, after deducting estimated offering
expenses of $126,000, are estimated to be approximately $4,374,000 assuming the
Maximum Offering is sold. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of
shares by the Selling Security Holders. The following sets forth our use of net
proceeds based on the maximum raise where we net $4,374,000; a raise where we
net $2,700,000; a raise where we net $1,200,000; a raise where we net $700,000;
and, a raise where we net $350,000:

Use of Proceeds Based on Net Raise of $4,374,000:

                                                  Approximate      Approximate
                                                     Dollar       Percentage of
Application of Proceeds                              Amount       Net Proceeds
-----------------------                           -----------     -------------
Purchase of Computer Software and Systems         $   350,000          8.0%
Hardware for Call Center (1)
Website Design and Enhancement (2)                    260,000          5.9%

Production - Multi Media Training programs (3)        300,000          6.8%

Marketing, Promotional Literature and Brand           300,000          6.8%
Campaign Costs (4)

International market development (5)                1,500,000         34.1%

Working Capital (6)
         Rent Expense            $   200,000
         Salaries                    975,000
         Professional Fees            45,000
         Admin Expenses               20,000
         Cash Flow Funding           424,000        1,664,000         38.0%
                                                  -----------        ------

Total..................                           $ 4,374,000        100.0%
                                                  ===========        ======

(1)  Further development of our web based management system including the
     addition of a call center module. This item includes the provision of the
     required computing hardware to support the developed software.

(2)  Development of a web based portal that will include the ability to
    undertake online e-commerce transactions.

(3)  Conversion of the current paper based training manuals for our Account
     Executives and Customer Service Representatives into a self paced
     multi-media training kit.

(4)  To secure an advertising and brand building agency to assist FFBI in
     ensuring that its brand building activities deliver measurable increases in
     sales.

(5)  Undertake the research of the potential market, modify the FFBI processes
     and systems for the market in question, prepare promotional documentation
     in the language of the market, and undertake relationship building visits
     to the countries.

(6)  Represents amounts to be used for working capital and general corporate
     purposes, including rent expense, corporate overhead including salaries of
     management, administration and ongoing professional fees. The amount
     allocated to cash flow funding will be utilized on a needs basis to fund
     any day to day administrative expenditures such as direct program
     consumables (the costs of inoculations, pedometers, nutritional
     supplements, participant awards, and participant information packs) in the
     course of generating revenues. The Working capital amount is required to
     fund operations ahead of receiving the revenues that will flow as a
     consequence of delivery of these services to customers.

                                       13




Prior to revenues from sales being fully able to fund salaries and bonuses,
working capital will be used to fund the following salaries of management:

-------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- -----------------
Title                  Name                Salary                        Bonus                Term of contract
-------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- -----------------
                                                                                 
President and          Mark A. Poulsen     $96,329 Fit For Business      Listing bonus         Employment
Chief Executive                            (Australia) Pty Limited;      $388,250              contract can be
Officer                                    $192,658 Fit For Business                           terminated on
                                           International, Inc.                                 four (4) months
                                                                                               notice.
-------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- -----------------
Senior Vice            Anthony F. Head     $77,063                       On meeting budget     Employment
President                                                                $11,086               contract can be
of Sales                                                                                       terminated on
                                                                                               four (4) months
                                                                                               notice.
-------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- -----------------
Vice President of      Sandra L. Wendt     $42,385                       On meeting budget     Employment
Administration,                                                          $3,695                contract can be
Chief Financial                                                                                terminated on
Officer, and                                                                                   four (4) months
Principal                                                                                      notice.
Accounting Officer
-------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- -----------------
Senior Vice            Prins A. Ralston    $131,007                      On meeting budget     Employment
President & Chief                                                        $14,782               contract can be
Operating Officer                                                                              terminated on
                                                                                               four (4) months
                                                                                               notice.
-------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- -----------------


Use of Proceeds Based on Net Raise of $2,700,000:

                                                Approximate        Approximate
                                                  Dollar          Percentage of
Application of Proceeds                           Amount          Net Proceeds
-----------------------                           ------          ------------

Purchase of Computer Software and Systems      $   250,000             9.3%
Hardware for Call Center

Website Design and Enhancement                     160,000             6.0%

Production - Multi Media Training programs          90,000             3.3%

Marketing, Promotional Literature and Brand        300,000            11.1%
Campaign Costs

International market development                 1,000,000            37.0%

Working Capital (6)
           Rent Expense            $110,000
           Salaries                 700,000
           Professional Fees         25,000
           Admin Expenses            15,000
           Cash Flow Funding         50,000        900,000            33.3%
                                               -----------           ------
Total..................                        $ 2,700,000           100.0%
                                               ===========           ======

For the specific breakdown of each category, see the footnotes above under the
category of Net Raise of $4,400,000.

                                       14


Use of Proceeds Based on Net Raise of $1,200,000:

                                               Approximate        Approximate
                                                 Dollar          Percentage of
Application of Proceeds                          Amount           Net Proceeds
-----------------------                          ------           ------------

Purchase of Computer Software and Systems      $   150,000            12.5%
Hardware for Call Center

Website Design and Enhancement                      80,000             6.7%

Production - Multi Media Training programs          90,000             7.5%

Marketing, Promotional Literature and Brand        180,000            15.0%
Campaign Costs

International market development                   210,000            17.5%

Working Capital (6)
           Rent Expense            $ 60,000
           Salaries                 400,000
           Professional Fees              0
           Admin Expenses                 0
           Cash Flow Funding         30,000        490,000            40.8%
                                               -----------           ------
Total..................                        $ 1,200,000           100.0%
                                               ===========           ======

Use of Proceeds Based on Net Raise of $700,000:

                                               Approximate        Approximate
                                                 Dollar          Percentage of
Application of Proceeds                          Amount           Net Proceeds
-----------------------                          ------           ------------

Website Design and Enhancement                  $   50,000             7.1%

Marketing, Promotional Literature and Brand         50,000             7.1%
Campaign Costs

International market development                   110,000            15.8%

Working Capital (6)
           Rent Expense            $ 60,000
           Salaries                 400,000
           Professional Fees              0
           Admin Expenses                 0
           Cash Flow Funding         30,000        490,000            70.0%
                                               -----------           ------
Total..................                        $   700,000           100.0%
                                               ===========           ======

 Use of Proceeds Based on Net Raise of $350,000*:

                                               Approximate        Approximate
                                                 Dollar          Percentage of
Application of Proceeds                          Amount           Net Proceeds
-----------------------                          ------           ------------

Working Capital (6)
           Rent Expense            $ 40,000
           Salaries                 250,000
           Cash Flow Funding         60,000    $   350,000           100.0%
                                               -----------           ------
Total..................                        $   350,000           100.0%
                                               ===========           ======

For the specific breakdown of each category, see the footnotes above under the
category of Net Raise of $4,374,000.

The foregoing represents our best estimate of our allocation of the net proceeds
based upon the current state of our business development and management
estimates of current industry conditions. We anticipate, although there can be
no assurance, that the net proceeds from an Offering raising $1,000,000 will
only allow us to sustain our operations for a period of approximately twelve
(12) months. Upon completion of the Maximum Offering of $4,374,000, we believe
we will have sufficient financing to operate our business for approximately
eighteen (18) months.

                                       15




* If we raise less than $350,000, then the expenditures enumerated in this
example will be decreased in a proportionate manner, provided that salaries will
be decreased at a rate twice that of cash flow funding and rent expense.
Employment positions at our company will be eliminated as necessary to
correspond to such a decrease in net proceeds.


                         DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

The initial public offering price of the shares of our common stock has been
determined arbitrarily by us and does not necessarily bear any relationship to
our book value, assets, past operating results, financial condition or any other
established criteria of value. Although our common stock is not listed on a
public exchange, we will be filing to obtain a quotation on the OTC Bulletin
Board concurrently with the filing of this prospectus. There is no assurance
that our shares of common stock will be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board. In
addition, however, there is no assurance that our common stock, once it becomes
publicly quoted or listed, will trade at market prices in excess of the initial
public offering price as prices for the common stock in any public market which
may develop will be determined by the market and may be influenced by many
factors, including the depth and liquidity of the market for the common stock,
investor perception of us, and general economic and market conditions.


            MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Our common stock is not currently traded on any recognized stock exchange. There
is no current public trading market for our shares of common stock. After this
Registration Statement becomes effective, we intend to apply for a quotation on
the OTC Bulletin Board. There is no assurance that our shares of common stock
will be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board.

As of January 30, 2006, based on our transfer agent records, we had 84
stockholders holding an aggregate of 20,870,000 shares of our common stock. In
addition, 2,000,000 options convertible into 2,000,000 shares of our common
stock are held by Fort Street Equity, Inc., Ralston Superannuation Fund, Bruce
Gilling, Therese Mulherin, Mark Hoey, Sandra L. Wendt, Keith Appleby, Neil Wendt
and Kelly Superannuation Fund.

                      EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

The following table sets forth certain information as of January 30, 2006, with
respect to compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized
for issuance:

                                   (a)                   (b)                     (c)

                           --------------------   --------------------   ------------------------
                                                                         Number of securities
                                                                         remaining available
                           Number of securities                          for future issuance
                           to be issued upon      Weighted-average       under equity
                           exercise of            exercise price of      compensation plans
                           outstanding options,   outstanding options,   (excluding securities
                           warrants and rights    warrants and rights    reflected in column (a))
                           --------------------   --------------------   ------------------------
                                                                
Equity compensation
plans approved by
security holders                None

Equity compensation
plans not approved
by security holders             None

     Total                      None



                                    DIVIDENDS

We have never paid a cash dividend on our common stock. It is our present policy
to retain earnings, if any, to finance the development and growth of our
business. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that cash dividends will be paid
until our earnings and financial condition justify such dividends. There can be
no assurance that we can achieve such earnings.

                                       16


                           PENNY STOCK CONSIDERATIONS

Trading in our securities is subject to the "penny stock" rules. The SEC has
adopted regulations that generally define a penny stock to be any equity
security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to
certain exceptions. These rules require that any broker-dealer who recommends
our securities to persons other than prior customers and accredited investors,
must, prior to the sale, make a special written suitability determination for
the purchaser and receive the purchaser's written agreement to execute the
transaction. Unless an exception is available, the regulations require the
delivery, prior to any transaction involving a penny stock, of a disclosure
schedule explaining the penny stock market and the risks associated with trading
in the penny stock market. In addition, broker-dealers must disclose commissions
payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative and current
quotations for the securities they offer. The additional burdens imposed upon
broker-dealers by such requirements may discourage broker-dealers from effecting
transactions in our securities, which could severely limit the market price and
liquidity of our securities. Broker-dealers who sell penny stocks to certain
types of investors are required to comply with the Commission's regulations
concerning the transfer of penny stocks. These regulations require
broker-dealers to:

     o    Make a suitability determination prior to selling a penny stock to the
          purchaser;

     o    Receive the purchaser's written consent to the transaction; and

     o    Provide certain written disclosures to the purchaser.

These requirements may restrict the ability of broker-dealers to sell our common
stock and may affect your ability to resell our common stock.

    COMMISSION'S POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES

We have agreed to indemnify each of our directors and certain officers against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons
pursuant to the provisions described above, or otherwise, we have been advised
that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of
1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than our payment of expenses
incurred or paid by our director, officer or controlling person in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction
the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication
of such issue.

            MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION

Forward-Looking Statements

The following discussion and analysis provides information which management
believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of our results of
operations and financial condition. The discussion should be read in conjunction
with our financial statements and notes thereto appearing in this prospectus.
The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements, which
involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ significantly
from the results, expectations and plans discussed in these forward-looking
statements.

Overview

Fit For Business International, Inc. ("FFBI" or the "Company") is a Nevada
corporation in the development stage having a mission to improve the wellness
and productivity of people in the workplace. FFBI provides products and services
for: (i) corporate wellness programs which address business productivity, stress
and absenteeism issues; and (ii) living well programs directed primarily, but
not exclusively, to individuals over 45 years of age.

Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited ("Subsidiary") was organized as an
Australian private company on December 14, 1998, and subsequently began certain
marketing studies and corporate awareness programs to obtain customers for its
products and services. In October 2003, Subsidiary initiated a capital formation

                                       17


activity through the private placement of certain convertible promissory notes
which provided, through September 14, 2004, proceeds of $365,000. Subsequent to
the completion of the reverse merger between FFBI and Subsidiary, the liability
associated with the convertible promissory notes was assumed by the Company.
Thereafter, all of the promissory notes were converted into shares of common
stock of FFBI.

In addition, in November 2003, Subsidiary commenced a capital formation activity
to effect a reverse merger with a corporation validly organized in the United
States for the purpose of completing a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with
the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), and raising capital from the
issuance of common stock in the public markets of up to $4.5 million. The
initial capital formation activity through a deemed reverse merger and the
issuance of common stock was unsuccessful. Subsequently, Subsidiary completed a
reverse merger with FFBI, and FFBI is currently undertaking a second capital
formation activity of the same type.

Prior to September 14, 2004, Subsidiary, aside from the capital formation and
marketing activities described above, incurred other development stage operating
costs and expenses related to its organization as an entity, receipt of a
trademark in Australia for its name and related logo, formation of a management
team, accounting and tax preparation fees, consulting fees, travel, and other
general and administrative expenses.

On September 14, 2004, FFBI entered into a Share Exchange Agreement (the
"Exchange Agreement") with Subsidiary, whereby FFBI acquired all of the issued
and outstanding capital stock of Subsidiary (81 shares) in exchange for
15,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock of the
Company. Both the common stock and the preferred stock of FFBI have a par value
of $.001. The shares of preferred stock are non-participating, but each share is
entitled to fifty (50) votes in a general meeting of the stockholders. As a
result of the Exchange Agreement, the stockholders of Subsidiary control FFBI,
and Subsidiary has been deemed to have effected a reverse merger for financial
reporting purposes as of the date of the Exchange Agreement. The reverse merger
has been recorded as a recapitalization of the Company, with the net assets of
FFBI and Subsidiary brought forward at their historical bases.

Possible Section 5 Violation

It is possible that it can be determined that we violated Section 5 of the
Securities Act of 1933 based on the sales of options to purchase our common
stock executed by Fort Street Equity and loans made by Fort Street Equity to us.
Section 5(c) of the Securities Act prohibits the use of any means or instruments
of transportation or communication in interstate commerce or of the mails to
offer to sell or offer to buy a security unless a registration statement has
been filed as to such security. Because Fort Street Equity was acting as an
underwriter when it sold the securities acquired from us and of the proximity in
time between sales of securities held by Fort Street Equity to third parties and
loans made by Fort Street Equity to us, such transactions, taken together, may
be viewed as a primary offering by us or on our behalf without an effective
registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The transactions that may have caused such a violation of Section 5 are as
follows: On July 25, 2004, we issued 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity,
Inc. to purchase the same number of shares of its common stock for $10,000 in
cash. Since issuance to Fort Street Equity, it sold 100,000 options to Ralston
Superannuation Fund, 50,000 options to Bruce Gilling, 277,576 options to Therese
Mulherin, 16,666 options to Kelly Superannuation Fund, 66,666 options to Mark
Hoey, 13,420 options to Sandra Wendt, 16,666 options to Keith Appleby and 25,000
options to Neil Wendt. In addition, for the purposes of providing working
capital, we borrowed from Fort Street Equity $19,050 on May 11, 2005, $15,000 on
June 19, 2005, $60,240 on July 1, 2005, $20,000 and $5,000 on August 29, 2005,
$2,280 on September 14 2005, $5000 on September 23, 2005 and $7,500 on September
26, 2006.

If it is determined that the sales and subsequent loans executed by Fort Street
Equity, acting as an underwriter, constitute a primary offering by us or on our
behalf in violation of Section 5, then we may be subject to remedial sanctions
under the Securities Act of 1933. Such sanctions could include the payment of
disgorgement, prejudgment interest, and civil or criminal penalties pursuant to
Sections 12(a)(1), 8A, and 24 of the Securities Act.

We are not aware of any pending claims for sanctions against us based on Section
5 of the Securities Act of 1933. However, in our financial statements we have
classified the promissory notes, amounting to $126,528 of principal, and accrued
interest of $1,491, as of September 30, 2005, as amounts subject to rescission.

As at January 30, 2006, we do not have the capital or the liquidity to meet such
a recession requirement if needed. The claim would may make it more difficult
for us to raise additional debt or equity financing needed to run our business,
and would not be viewed favorably by analysts or investors. Furthermore, this
may cause our cessation of business resulting in investors losing their money.

                                       18


We intend to vigorously defend any such claim that such transactions constituted
a primary offering by us or on our behalf. Nevertheless, it is possible that a
court could determine that we did engage in a primary offering and that we are
subject to disgorgement, interest and possible civil penalties. This claim, if
successful, would significantly exceed our cash reserves and require us to
borrow funds and would materially and adversely affect our results of operations
and financial condition. Therefore, these claims would have a significant impact
on us and could force us to consider bankruptcy or a similar alternative with
the resulting impact of investors losing their money.

Extension of Option Exercise Period

The 2,000,000 options originally had an expiration date of December 31, 2005.
The Company extended the exercise date of the options until March 31, 2006 based
on the following considerations:

o    The business conditions that existed in May 2005, when the first options
     were purchased from Fort Street, have not changed significantly in that the
     Company has only been able to operate in a very limited capacity while
     undertaking the capital formation activities. As such and as expected, the
     option holders are yet to benefit from the finalization of the capital
     formation activities and the full implementation of our plan of operations.

o    The Company views the cash flow that will be provided by the exercise of
     these options as an integral part of its capital formation activity in
     order to implement its plan of operations. As such, it is in the best
     interests of the Company to extend these options at nil consideration.

o    As a risk mitigation strategy relating to the possible rescission of the
     promissory notes and accrued interest as disclosed in the preceding
     section.

In the course of the activities described above, we have sustained operating
losses and expect such losses to continue in the foreseeable future. To date, we
have not generated sufficient revenues to achieve profitable operations or
positive cash flow from operations. As of September 30, 2005, we had a working
capital deficit of $(329,198) and an accumulated deficit of $(1,052,326). There
is no assurance that profitable operations, if ever achieved, will be sustained
on a continuing basis. During the period ended September 30, 2005, we derived
revenues from the sale of programs to corporate and living well customers.

The report of our independent auditors on our financial statements for the
period ended June 30, 2005, contains an explanatory paragraph which indicates
that we have recurring losses from operations, and our working capital is
insufficient to meet our planned business objectives. This report also states
that, because of these losses, there is substantial doubt about our ability to
continue as a going concern. This report and the existence of these recurring
losses from operations may make it more difficult for us to raise additional
debt or equity financing needed to run our business, and are not viewed
favorably by analysts or investors. Furthermore, if we are unable to raise a
significant amount of proceeds in this offering, this may cause our cessation of
business resulting in investors losing the value of their investment in us.

With our main revenues likely to be generated from the sale of our wellness
programs to corporations and government departments, we will be concentrating on
sales efforts with those corporations most likely to purchase our programs.
Market research will be conducted to identify those corporations most likely to
purchase our programs following which the sales process can take anywhere from 3
to 12 months to complete. Corporations and government departments class our
programs as mainly employee benefits programs. If economic circumstances become
tight, corporations tend to reduce their expenditures on employee benefits
programs and this will have a detrimental impact on our revenues.

Other trends that have a material effect on our revenues, plan of operations and
the results of our operations include our market's tendency to be aware of
health issues and the desire of the majority of those in our market to maintain
or improve their current level of health and personal well being. Currently,
those in Australia and New Zealand are very much aware of the importance of good
health and physical fitness. Our products and services rely on this awareness
and desire. These trends result in part from government education programs and
also from social pressures to look well and be physically active. While there is
no indication that these trends will decline, there is no assurance that these
trends will continue and if they were to cease or become less prevalent, our
results will be materially affected.

Critical Accounting Policies

     Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States ("US GAAP"). In connection
with the preparation of the financial statements, we are required to make
assumptions and estimates about future events, and apply judgments that affect
the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and the related

                                       19


disclosure. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical
experience, current trends and other factors that management believes to be
relevant at the time the financial statements are prepared. On a regular basis,
management reviews our accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments
to ensure that our financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance
with U.S. GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be
determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and
estimates, and such differences could be material.

     Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1 of the notes to
financial statements, "Significant Accounting Policies". Certain critical
policies are presented below.

Revenue Recognition

We are in the development stage and have yet to realize significant revenues
from planned operations. We have derived revenues principally from the sale of
services related to wellness programs, literature and training materials. We
have also entered into a license agreement for Australia and New Zealand which
entitles the licensee to provide a distribution network for us, use our logo and
software, and market and promote our products and services. Revenue will be
derived over the term of the license agreement once all terms and conditions
have been met. Revenues are recognized by major categories under the following
policies:

For specific wellness program services, such as health risk assessment services,
fitness programs, educational and other programs, and contracts pertaining to
such services, revenue is realized as services are provided. Contracts for
wellness program services are evidenced in writing, and as services are
rendered, invoices for such services are rendered in accordance with contract
terms.

For sales of literature and training materials, revenue is realized upon
shipment to the customer and there are no unfulfilled company elements related
to a customer's order. Orders for literature and materials are evidenced in
writing on customer and call center order documents. Payments are provided in
cash, check or by credit card at the time orders are placed with us.

For license agreements, revenue is realized from licensing activities related to
various countries and geographic regions, which entitle licensees to provide a
distribution network for us, the use of our logo, software and training
materials, and the rights to market and promote our services. Revenue from such
agreements is realized over the term and under the conditions of each specific
license once all contract conditions have been met. Payments for licensing fees
are generally received at the time the license agreements are executed, unless
other terms for delayed payment are documented and agreed to between the
parties. Under terms for delayed payment, we may require further assurances of
payment under contract terms such as credit report information, and entity and
personal guarantees.

Internal Web Site Development Costs

Under Emerging Issues Taskforce Statement 00-2, Accounting for Web Site
Development Costs ("EITF 00-2"), costs and expenses incurred during the planning
and operating stages of our web site are expensed as incurred. Under EITF 00-2,
costs incurred in the web site application and infrastructure development stages
are capitalized by us and amortized to expense over the web site's estimated
useful life or period of benefit.

Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use

Under State of Position 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software
Developed or Obtained for Internal Use ("SOP 98-1"), we capitalize external
direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtained
internal-use computer software; payroll and payroll-related costs for employees
who are directly associated with and who devote time to the internal-use
computer software project; and, interest costs related to loans incurred for the
development of internal-use software.

Costs of Computer Software to be Sold or Otherwise Marketed

Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, Accounting for the
Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed ("SFAS
86"), we capitalize costs associated with the development of certain training
software products held for sale when technological feasibility is established.
Capitalized computer software costs of products held for sale are amortized over
the useful life of the products from the software release date.

Foreign Currency

The Company accounts for foreign currency translation pursuant to SFAS No. 52,
Foreign Currency Translation ("SFAS 52"). The Company's functional currency is

                                       20


the Australian dollar. All assets and liabilities are translated into United
States dollars using the current exchange rate at the end of each fiscal period.
Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing
throughout the period. Translation adjustments are included in accumulated
comprehensive income (loss) for the period. Certain transactions of the Company
are denominated in United States dollars. Translation gains or losses related to
such transactions are recognized for each reporting period in the related
statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

As a result of such currency fluctuations and the conversion to United States
dollars for financial reporting purposes, we may experience fluctuations in our
operating results on an annual or quarterly basis going forward. We have not in
the past, but may in the future, hedge against fluctuations in exchange rates.
Future hedging transactions may not successfully mitigate losses caused by
currency fluctuations.

Accounting for Income Taxes

Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide income tax expense
provision. In the ordinary course of a global business, there are many
transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. Some
of these uncertainties arise as a consequence of cost reimbursement arrangements
among related entities, the process of identifying items of revenue and expense
that qualify for preferential tax treatment and segregation of foreign and
domestic income and expense to avoid double taxation. Although we believe that
our estimates are reasonable, the final tax outcome of these matters may be
different than those presented in our historical income tax provisions and
accruals. Such differences could have a material effect on our income tax
provision and net income (loss) in the period in which such determination is
made.

The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to SFAS No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes ("SFAS 109"). Under SFAS 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities
are determined based on temporary differences between the bases of certain
assets and liabilities for income tax and financial reporting purposes. The
deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified according to the financial
statement classification of the assets and liabilities generating the
differences.

The Company maintains a valuation allowance with respect to deferred tax assets.
The Company establishes a valuation allowance based upon the potential
likelihood of realizing the deferred tax asset and taking into consideration the
Company's financial position and results of operations for the current period.
Future realization of the deferred tax benefit depends on the existence of
sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period under the Federal tax
laws.

Changes in circumstances, such as the Company generating taxable income, could
cause a change in judgment about the realizability of the related deferred tax
asset. Any change in the valuation allowance will be included in income in the
year of the change in estimate.

As of September 30, 2005, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for
income tax reporting purposes of approximately $1,052,300 that may be offset
against future taxable income. The net operating loss carryforwards expire in
the years 2021-2026. Current tax laws limit the amount of loss available to be
offset against future taxable income when a substantial change in ownership
occurs or a change in the nature of the business. Therefore, the amount
available to offset future taxable income may be limited. No tax benefit has
been reported in the financial statements for the realization of loss
carryforwards, as the Company believes there is high probability that the
carryforwards will not be utilized in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the
potential tax benefits of the loss carryforwards are offset by a valuation
allowance of the same amount.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, COMPARED TO THE PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
2004.

Revenues

Total revenues for the period ended September 30, 2005, amounted to $2,870, or a
52% increase over revenues of $1,884 for the same period ended September 30,
2004. The increase in revenues, resulted from incremental revenues from the
sales of wellness programs.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold increased $156, or 21%, to $893 for the period
ended September 30, 2005, when compared to $737 for the same period ended
September 30, 2004. The increase was due to additional sales of the Company's
Herbalife nutritional products.

                                       21


Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the period ended September 30,
2005, decreased by 47% to $120,825, when compared to $226,403 for the same
period ended September 30, 2004. The decrease from an operational point of view
was attributed to cost containment resulting in a decrease relating to
non-offering related professional, accounting and consulting fees, advertising
and promotion cost, travel, telephone and office expenses. However, additional
salaries, compensation and related payroll tax expenses of $13,176 were
incurred, compared to the quarter ended September 30 2004. These expenses
resulted from the impact of salaries related to employment agreements with
officers and directors. The Company also realized $185 in foreign exchange gain
adjustments during the period ended September 30, 2005, compared to realized
foreign exchange losses of $36,683 for the same period in 2004. In addition, the
Company recongnized compensation from the issuance of employee stock options by
a principal stockholder of $54,751 during the period.

Other Income (Expense)

For the period ended September 30, 2005, other (expense) consisted of interest
expense of $(1,335) related to accrued interest from promissory notes due to
Fort Street. For the same fiscal period ended September 30, 2004, other
(expense) consisted of interest expense of $(5,696) related to accrued interest
from convertible promissory notes.

Net (Loss)

Net (loss) for the period ended September 30, 2005, amounted to $(120,183),
compared to $(230,952) for the same period ended September 30, 2004. The
reduction of the net (loss) of $(110,769) resulted primarily from the overall
decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses, described above and
the increase in revenues for the period.

Comprehensive Income (Loss) - Australian Currency Translation

For the period ended September 30, 2005, comprehensive income related to
Australian currency translation amounted to $505, compared to a comprehensive
(loss) of $(6,209) for the same fiscal period in 2004.

Total Comprehensive (Loss)

For the period ended September 30, 2005, we experienced a comprehensive (loss)
of $(119,678), compared to a comprehensive (loss) of $(237,161) for the same
fiscal period in 2004. The reduction in the total comprehensive (loss) of
$(117,483) resulted primarily from the overall decrease in selling, general and
administrative expenses, and the increases in revenues and comprehensive income
for the period.

Net (Loss) Per Share

We incurred a net (loss) per share of $(0.01) for the period ended September 30,
2005, compared to a net (loss) per share of $(0.01) for the same period ended
September 30, 2004. The weighted average number of common shares outstanding for
the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2005, was 20,870,000, compared to
20,013,973 shares for the same period in 2004. The weighted average number of
common shares outstanding for the periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004,
reflects the retroactive restatement of shares outstanding from the reverse
merger between FFBI and Subsidiary effected on September 14, 2004.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2005, COMPARED TO THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
2004.

Revenues

Total revenues for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, amounted to $11,053, or
a 5,345% increase over revenues of $203 for the same period ended June 30, 2004.
The increase in revenues, resulted from incremental revenues from the sales of
wellness programs.

                                       22


Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold increased $4,215, or 5,058%, to $4,300 for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2005, when compared to $85 for the same period ended June 30,
2004. The increase was due to additional sales of the Company's Herbalife
nutritional products.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the fiscal year ended June 30,
2005, increased by 340% to $537,635, when compared to $122,222 for the same
period ended June 30, 2004. The increase was from an operational perspective
primarily attributed to additional salaries, compensation and related payroll
tax expenses resulting from the addition of administrative staff and the impact
of salaries related to employment agreements with officers and directors, and
additional expenses related to advertising, training, travel, telephone, office
expense, and non-offering related professional, accounting and consulting fees.
The Company also realized $45,566 in foreign exchange expense adjustments during
the period ended June 30, 2005, compared to realized foreign exchange gains of
$15,046 for the same period in 2004.

In addition, subsequent to June 30, 2005, management of the Company determined
that $112,500 of consulting fees related to services rendered by Messrs.
Mitchell Stough (Managing Director of Fort Street Equity) and Kevin Murray in
connection with the Company's deemed reverse merger had not been accrued during
the year ended June 30, 2005. From the common stock issued to Mark A. Poulsen,
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the Exchange
Agreement, Messrs. Stough and Murray received 225,000 shares of common stock
valued at $112,500. The impact of the adjustment increased general and
administrative expenses by $112,500 for the year ended June 30, 2005. Net (loss)
and total comprehensive (loss) for the period increased by $112,500,
respectively, and the amount of (loss) per share - basic and diluted for the
period increased by $0.01 per share. Also, additional paid-in capital increased
by $112,500, and accrued liabilities decreased by the same amount.

Other Income (Expense)

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, other (expense) consisted of interest
expense of $(6,398) related to accrued interest from convertible promissory
notes, and promissory notes due to Fort Street, offset by interest income of
$990. For the same fiscal period ended June 30, 2004, other (expense) consisted
of interest expense of $(8,160) related to accrued interest from convertible
promissory notes.

Net (Loss)

Net (loss) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, amounted to $(536,308),
compared to $(130,264) for the same period ended June 30, 2004. The additional
net (loss) of $(406,044) resulted primarily from the overall increase in
selling, general and administrative expenses, described above, offset by the
increase in revenues for the period.

Comprehensive Income (Loss) - Australian Currency Translation

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, comprehensive income related to
Australian currency translation amounted to $1,855, compared to a comprehensive
(loss) of $(6,119) for the same fiscal period in 2004.

Total Comprehensive (Loss)

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, we experienced a comprehensive (loss)
of $(534,453), compared to a comprehensive (loss) of $(136,383) for the same
fiscal period in 2004. The additional total comprehensive (loss) of $(398,070)
resulted primarily from the overall increase in selling, general and
administrative expenses, offset by the increases in revenues and comprehensive
income for the period.

Net (Loss) Per Share

We incurred a net (loss) per share of $(0.03) for the fiscal year ended June 30,
2005, compared to a net (loss) per share of $(0.01) for the same period ended
June 30, 2004. The weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the
twelve-month period ended June 30, 2005, was 20,235,890, compared to 20,000,000
shares for the same period in 2004. The weighted average number of common shares
outstanding for the twelve-month periods ended June 30, 2005, and 2004, reflects
the retroactive restatement of shares outstanding from the reverse merger
between FFBI and Subsidiary effected on September 14, 2004.


                                       23


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of September 30, 2005, our total current assets were $383,009 and our total
current liabilities were $712,207, resulting in a working capital deficit of
$(329,198). As of the same date, we also had an accumulated deficit during the
development stage of $(1,052,326). We finance our operations with a combination
of securities issuances and loans from related parties. As discussed below, we
completed a private placement of convertible promissory notes in September 2004,
which provided gross proceeds of $365,000.

Software development costs as of September 30, 2005, amounted to $39,981 from
$6,516 as of September 30, 2004. The increase in software development costs is a
result of the development of our web based management information system. We
also incurred $7,907 in web site development costs which have been reflected in
our financial statements as of September 30, 2005.

On November 25, 2005, Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd., a related party entity,
loaned $33,273 to us. The amount loaned was for working capital purposes, is
non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment.

As of February 10, 2006, we had $12,500 of cash resources. Our current cash
resources are not sufficient to satisfy our cash requirements over the next 12
months. Our management believes that we have sufficient funds to continue
operations through the end of February 2006.

On August 25, 2004, our Subsidiary entered into a License Agreement (the
"Agreement") with L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd. ("L.R. Global"), an Australian
corporation acting as trustee for Fit For Business Australia/New Zealand Trust
(the "trust"). The principals of L.R. Global are Laraine Richardson and Dianne
Waghorne, and the beneficiaries of the trust are Laraine Richardson and Dianne
Waghorne.

The principals of L.R. Global and the beneficiaries of the trust being the same
persons are not related to us, or to our Subsidiary, our officers or directors,
except as described herein. L.R. Global is a Herbalife distributor. Under the
terms of the Agreement, L.R. Global has been granted a non-assignable,
non-exclusive license to represent Subsidiary within Australia and New Zealand
for a term of ten (10) years in consideration for the payment of a licensing fee
in the amount of $500,000. Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, L.R. Global
may use our logo, our web based management information system, marketing and
promotional literature, processes, systems, intellectual property and attend
FFBI events, for the purpose of generating new customers for us and for training
account executives and customer service representatives. Subsequent to the share
exchange transaction of September 14, 2004, Mark A. Poulsen, our President and
Chief Executive Officer, transferred 500,000 common shares to L.R. Global. The
purpose of the transfer was to further involve L.R. Global in the Company as a
stockholder, and to provide an incentive for L.R. Global to perform under the
License Agreement. We maintain that the transfer of shares of common stock to
L.R. Global by Mark A. Poulsen, our President and Chief Executive Officer, was a
private transaction between the parties, and not part of the Exchange Agreement
to be recognized in our financial statements. To date, L.R. Global has paid us
USD $124,750 of the licensing fee and we agreed to extend to a date within sixty
(60) days following the first date on which our common stock is quoted on the
OTC Bulletin Board or other recognized stock exchange, the balance due us. In
addition, the principals of L.R. Global, Laraine Richardson and Dianne Waghorne,
have executed personal guarantees for the payment of the balance of the
outstanding license fees.

The delay experienced in collecting the remaining amount of the license fee from
L.R. Global is due primarily to the extended period of time required by us to
complete our capital formation activities, including the effective date of this
Registration Statement. The principals of L.R. Global have informed us that L.R.
Global entered into the License Agreement with the understanding that we would
implement our plan of operations (including the completion of our capital
formation activities) in February 2005. At that time, L.R. Global was committed
to provide additional sales and marketing resources, and pay the remaining
amount of the license fee due. As a result of additional discussions with the
principals of L.R. Global and review of available credit information, we believe
that: (i) L.R. Global will honor the terms of the License Agreement, and has
sufficient operations and financial resources to pay the remaining amount owed
to us, (ii) complete payment of the license fee will be accomplished under the
terms of the second extension agreement dated June 14, 2005, and (iii) the
personal guarantees of the principals of L.R. Global provide sufficient
additional assurance of collectibility under Australian law. As of January 30,
2006, there have been no modifications to the second extension agreement to the
License Agreement, or changes in any of its terms.

The successful implementation of all aspects of the business plan is subject to
our ability to be able to raise additional funds from an offering of our common
stock through this prospectus. A crucial component of our business strategy is
to implement our sales plan in order that we may secure sufficient sales to
become profitable. It has been estimated that we will require $180,000 for

                                       24


marketing, promotional and brand campaign costs, in order to effectively
implement our sales plan.

If we raise less than $1,200,000 through this Offering, we would have to curtail
expenditures on recruitment of staff and or on various projects or delay these
recruitment actions or projects until funds do become available. The delay in
the recruitment of staff or projects will have an impact on our ability to
achieve the sales target we seek to attain, and consequently delay the company
reaching profitability.

Should the funding required to pursue our business strategy not be forthcoming
from the aforementioned sources, we may have to explore other avenues of capital
formation. In any event, our investors should assume that any additional funding
will cause substantial dilution to current stockholders. In addition, we may not
be able to raise additional funds on favorable terms, if at all.

We have estimated that our offering costs will be approximately $126,000. As
noted in the financial statements, we have already incurred $118,193 of such
offering costs as of September 30, 2005. The balance of our estimated offering
costs are $7,807. We will be funding these costs, if needed, by additional
borrowings from Fort Street Equity. We do not have any agreements currently in
place with Fort Street Equity to assure us that they will lend us these funds.

For the purposes of providing working capital, FFBI borrowed from Fort Street
Equity $19,008 on May 11, 2005, $15,000 on June 19, 2005, $60,240 on July 1,
2005, $20,000 and $5,000 on August 29, 2005, $2,280 on September 14 2005, $5,000
on September 23, 2005 and $7,500 on September 26, 2006 (the $7,500 in proceeds
from this note were received by us in October 2005). These borrowings were
evidenced by a total of nine promissory notes with all but the borrowing of July
1, being in the amounts borrowed. The borrowing of July 1 of $60,240 is
evidenced by two promissory notes each of $30,120.

The promissory notes all have the same material terms in that they are
unsecured, and carry an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The
maturity date of the notes, together with any remaining interest, is December
31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory notes are payable to Fort Street
bi-annually and at the maturity date of the promissory notes, specifically,
December 31, 2009.

Our independent auditor has indicated that there can be no assurance that we
will be able to raise $4.5 million in equity capital through our planned filing
with the SEC and related activities, or be successful in the sale of our
products and services that will generate sufficient revenues to sustain our
operations.

The notes to our financial statements include an explanatory paragraph
expressing substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
Among the reasons cited in the notes as raising substantial doubt as to our
ability to continue as a going concern are the following: we have incurred
operating losses since inception, and our working capital is insufficient to
meet our planned business objectives. Our ability to continue as a going concern
is dependent on our ability to further implement our business plan, raise
additional capital and generate revenues.

Plan of Operation

The detailed plan of operation outlined below is based on a capital raise of
$4.374 million. However, since we are a development stage company with no
significant operating history and in poor financial condition, we may be
unsuccessful in obtaining financing or the amount of the financing may be
minimal, and therefore, inadequate to implement our full plan of operations as
described below. We have therefore developed five alternative plans of
operations depending on financing being raised at the levels of $4.374 million,
$2.7 million, $1.2 million, $700,000 and $350,000. These alternate plans involve
a scaling back or staged implementation of the $4.374 million plan of operations
described in detail below. We have previously identified the main categories of
expenditure the proceeds will be applied to in each alternate plan.

For example if we were to raise only $350,000 then the following items would be
funded:

                                               Approximate        Approximate
                                                 Dollar          Percentage of
Application of Proceeds                          Amount           Net Proceeds
-----------------------                          ------           ------------

Working Capital (6)
           Rent Expense            $ 40,000
           Salaries                 250,000
           Cash Flow Funding         60,000    $   350,000           100.0%
                                               -----------           ------
Total..................                        $   350,000           100.0%
                                               ===========           ======

                                       25


As a result initiatives described in the full plan of operations that do not
relate to the above items will not proceed. At this level of funding, the
efforts of all personnel would be directed towards either further capital
formation or revenue generation through program sales. The Salaries funding will
allow a core group of staff to undertake specific activities as follows:

-    Capital raising via alternate sources.
-    Actively working with the 67 independent account executives continuing to
     identify companies to undertake sales presentations to.
-    Actively working with the 67 independent account executives researching
     company leads to ensure they meet an identified set of criteria.
-    Approaching the identified companies via our 67 account executives with our
     sales proposal.
-    Closing sales and negotiating contracts.
-    Working with the licencee to recruit and train sufficient customer service
     representatives to implement and deliver on contracts.
-    For the business that we win initiating the implementation program via our
     customer service representatives.
-    Continuing to monitor and report to the individuals and corporations
     consuming our programs.
-    Undertaking the necessary administrative support tasks to support the above
     activities.

Further, if we were to raise less than $350,000, then the expenditures
enumerated in this example will be decreased in a proportionate manner, provided
that salaries will be decreased at a rate twice that of cash flow funding and
rent expense. Employment positions at our company will be eliminated as
necessary to correspond to such a decrease in net proceeds. Available staff will
continue to focus on the two primary activities of capital formation and revenue
generation via program sales.

As illustrated above, the implementation of the plan of operation is highly
dependant on the level and timing of the capital raised. While we had originally
contemplated that the implementation of the plan of operations would commence in
February 2005 this was based on the capital raising being finalized some months
earlier. As our registration statement has not been declared effective when
expected and we have been unable to raise the funds registered in this offering
to date, we have been unable to pursue our intended plan of operations in the
time frame originally anticipated. We have therefore based our plan of operation
relative to a point in time after our intended capital raising registered in
this offering.

Implementation  Of The $4.374 Million Plan Of Operations:

During the period ended September 30, 2005, we have devoted our activities to
the following:

o Continuing to further develop our operating infrastructure, as follows:

a.   Providing input and direction for further wellness program selection,
features, benefits and design of programs planned to be supplied to our various
target markets. We are identifying other similar Occupational Health and Safety
Organizations through internet research and face to face discussions to
determine whether we can include their offerings within our programs. In
determining if their offerings can be included in our programs, we have regard
to such issues as the compatibility, ability to deliver a quality offering, cost
of their offerings, the ease of implementation and the results that their
offering can deliver to potential customers.

b.   Establishing which market segments are more likely to be willing consumers
of our wellness programs and then developing a marketing approach that is
consistent with their purchasing criteria. Training our sales force in the
marketing approach necessary to consummate sales to these organizations.

c. Recruiting and training further account executives and customer service
representatives; and

d.   Sales.

Achievements for the period ended 30 June 2005:

Computer Software and Systems:
-----------------------------
Continued implementation of our web based management system for final product
release to our Account Executives and Customer Service Representatives.

Our international web-based integrated management system combines online and
standalone features to allow us and our employees, account executives, customer
service representatives and licensees to record, track and report relevant
customer information.

    1.  Calendar & Appointment Functionality
    2.  Corporate Profile - including goals

                                       26


    3.  Individual Employee Profile - Including Goals of on-going program
    4.  Employee Follow-up module
            a.  Including call scripts to collect and record information on how
                employee is performing on program, this includes physical,
                behaviors, and feelings, measurements on the 1st, 3rd, 7th, 14th
                21st, and then weekly
    5.  Product order and reorder - automated
            a.  Interface to Herbalife Ordering procedures/system
    6.  Reporting system
            a.  To Individual employee for encouragement to show how they are
                performing against the goals they set
            b.  To the corporation at the aggregate level
                    i.  No individual information due to privacy reasons
    7.  Licensee, Account Executive and Customer Service Representative
        management
            a.  Ensure all customers are being followed up
            b.  Orders are being placed in a timely manner
            c.  Contract renewals are followed up

Website Design and Enhancement:
-------------------------------
Upgraded the web site www.fitforbusiness.com.au to present better information
about our programs that is more consistent with our marketing approach of using
the website as a tool for promotion especially to corporations.

FFBI identified several areas of our web site that were either outdated/changed
and/or required additional information. We reviewed all aspects of our site and
totally redeveloped a more informative and easy to navigate web site. The site
now includes several new sections. We have added further information on Who We
are, What we do, Our Approach, Our Nutritional Component, Our Physical
Component, and Statistical Information. We now have several specific sections
including:
About Us
Employers
Employees
Retirees
Government
Investors
Media
Links
Tools
We believe this now explains to a potential customer or investor, in better
detail what FFBI does,  what the FFBI programs consist of, and what potential
they have to assist customers.

Marketing, Promotional Literature and Brand:
--------------------------------------------
Engaged a  communications  consultant on a short term contract to generate press
articles and media interactions  specifically in relation to our target markets.
Updated existing brochures.

Speaking Opportunities:
-----------------------
Identified speaking opportunities at business conferences and seminars for the
FFBI Senior Executives, however none occurred in this calendar quarter.

Thought Leadership/ Editorial Opportunities:
--------------------------------------------

-    Identified leading business management and/or health magazines with the
     potential for FFBI to contribute a regular column.
-    Wrote letters to the Editor responding to articles on issues of business
     health and fitness.
-    Wrote a media release on issues relating to workplace health and fitness.
-    Obtained further Testimonials of local customers using FFBI products and
     programs highlighting the benefits achieved and placed on FFBI website.

Pilot TV program
----------------
It was envisioned that a TV program consisting of 13 by 30 minute episodes,
aimed at an audience of 45 years and over would form the basis of the marketing
program for the seniors market. The TV program was to cover the following
topics:

     o    Health: FFBI will lead in this area using a variety of partner
          providers and medical experts, including physical, psychological and
          associated medical areas.
     o    Wellness: FFBI will lead this area using Behavioral Scientists,
          Occupational Therapists, Nutritionists and Dieticians and fitness
          experts.
     o    Lifestyle: The people watching this show have the largest interest in
          maintaining lifestyle and the finances to keep it - this will include
          such segments as holidays, retreats and spas, recreation and so forth.

                                       27


     o    Employment: Recognized recruitment agencies to give information on
          retaining employment, changing roles or re-entering the workforce.
     o    Redundancy: We will be using experts from employee groups, human
          relations management companies and financial planers to assist in this
          area. Overcoming the effects of redundancy weigh heavily on not just
          the bread winner, but also family relationships causing much stress.

The process of bringing the TV program to fruition was to initially develop a
program concept, which had been shared with a number of corporations who would
participate as anchor advertisers of the various segments.

Subsequently, a ten minute pilot program has been filmed. The pilot has been
then put in the hands of an advertising agency that has taken it to the major
free to air commercial channels in Australia. The Commercial TV channel
requested an enhanced pilot to be produced.

The enhanced pilot was estimated to cost $15,000 to produce. However, as our
current financial position does not permit us to expend this amount, the project
has been halted pending the completion of capital formation through this
prospectus. There are no production agreements or other contracts in place for
the development or airing of the TV Pilot or the eventual TV program. Once funds
are available as a result of our capital formation activities, we will restart
the project.

Sales:
------

-    Identification of market segments that are predisposed to purchasing our
     programs.
-    Identifying  companies  with the  purchasing  power within that segment.
-    Researching company leads to ensure they meet an identified set of
     criteria.
-    Approaching the identified companies via our account executives with our
     sales proposal.
-    Winning the business
-    Initiating the implementation program via our customer service
     representatives.
-    The above process is taking between 1 to 4 months to finalize sales in
     small businesses and can take 6 to 12 months to finalize in large
     corporations or government departments.
-    Continually monitoring and reporting to the individuals and corporations
     consuming our programs.
-    Continuously improving our internal processes and systems and ensure all
     account executives and customer service representatives are fully trained
     with respect to these improvements.

An additional two licenses were endeavored to be sold in Australia. The FFBI
business and financial modeling has indicated that there should only be three
licenses issued in Australia/New Zealand, due to the size of the corporate
market place. FFBI has already contracted with one licensee being L.R. Global.

Achievements for the period ended September 30 2005:
----------------------------------------------------

Given the limited resources that we currently have available to us, during the
period ending September 30, 2005, we undertook the following
activities:

a.   strategic review of mission, vision, strategies, key projects, strengths,
     weaknesses, opportunities and threats, competitive advantage;
b.   increased the number of qualified corporations being
     targeted in order to secure sales by identifying decision makers within
     corporations and building relationship with these individuals;
c.   further refined the materials supporting the sales process such as
     presentation materials, brochures and newsletters as a result of feedback
     from sales calls;
d.   continued the process of capital formation via this prospectus; and
e.   designed and developed version 2 of our web-based integrated management
     systems.

The plan of operations post-September 2005 is highly dependant on our ability to
raise sufficient capital via this prospectus. As such, itemized below is our
plan of operations, anticipated activities and expected costs assuming net
proceeds from capital formation activities of $4,000,000. If a lesser amount is
raised then it will be necessary to reduce both the range and extent of
activities undertaken and some timeframes will extend.

The period ending three months post-capital formation:

Our business objectives for this period are as follows:

                                       28


a.   International Market Development - Japan
---------------------------------------------
-    Research and test Japanese market for compatibility in accepting the
     current configuration of our programs.
-    Develop marketing approach to sell licenses in Japan.
-    Identify potential new licensees in Japan.
-    Sell licenses in Japan.
-    Recruit Account Executives and Customer Service Representatives in
     conjunction with the Licensees in Japan.
-    Refine our marketing and sales process in conjunction with the Japanese
     Licenses.
-    Specify any required changes to our Web presence and our web base
     management information system to accommodate Japanese nuances.

b.   Sales
----------
Recruitment of five full-time employed corporate account executives will
commence. Continued sales efforts by existing independent Account Executives
targeting corporations.

c.   Computer Software and Systems
----------------------------------
Delivery and implementation of version 2 of our web-based integrated management
system.

d.   Program Development
------------------------
It is expected in-house permanent staff will increase to include a Development
Director. We will also initiate new product offerings such as: Physical activity
components, (i.e. walking programs) stress management programs (i.e. yoga,
meditation, Tai Chi) Inoculations, education programs (i.e. meal planning,
cooking lessons) weight management (dietitian, nutritionist) to be included in
the programs identified by our collaborate approach with other Occupational
Health and Safety Providers.

e.   Marketing, Promotion Literature and Brand
----------------------------------------------
Continue Marketing and Brand building via press releases, targeted media
interaction, and relationship building events.

Methods of Achieving Objectives

We will be utilizing our current staff, in particular the new Development
Director, to deliver on items (a)and (d) and we have estimated that we require
$40,000 for research assistance and travel to Japan.

The Senior Vice President/Chief Operating Officer will be responsible for the
recruitment activity of Item (b) and will engage the services of a professional
recruitment firm to assist in this process. It is anticipated that it will cost
in the order of $60,000.

The sales activity of Item (b) will be achieved by the Senior Vice President of
Sales with the assistance of our Licensee, independent account executives, and
independent customer service representatives.

Item (c) will require the assistance of Insource Pty Ltd. We entered into a
contract with Insource Pty. Ltd. for software services pertaining to the
development of certain computerized systems for customer service,
administration, and information reporting purposes. The contract price for the
software development services amounted to $40,502 and includes the delivery and
implementation assistance for version 2.

Item (e) will be achieved through the efforts of the existing full time staff of
FFBI.

Working Capital Expenses

It is budgeted that $100,000 will be expended in addition to the above.

The period ending 6 months post-capital formation:
--------------------------------------------------

Our business objectives for this period are as follows:

a.   Computer Software and Systems
----------------------------------
Specify the call centre module that is to be developed as part of the Web based
management information system.

Enhance the Web Based information system to cater for the Japanese market.

                                       29


b.   Website Design and Enhancement
-----------------------------------
Specify and implement the e-commerce components of the web presence.

Modify the Web presence to cater for the Japanese market place.

c.   Multi Media Training programs
----------------------------------
Specify the requirements in order to change the paper base training programs for
our account executives and customer service representatives to a Multi Media
base.

d.   Marketing, Promotion Literature and Brand:
-----------------------------------------------
Continue Marketing and Brand building via continued press releases, targeted
media interaction and relationship building events.

Implement an Awards program to recognize businesses that operate corporate
health and awareness programs, particularly those which achieve outstanding
productivity improvements or reductions in absenteeism. Partner with Australian
State and Federal Governments to recognize public sector employers who achieve
in this area.

Commence Marketing and Brand building activities in Japan in which we identify
corporations within market segments that are predisposed to purchasing our
programs and then sell to them.

e.   International Market Development
-------------------------------------

Continue with the preparation to commence business in Japan.
-    Initiate new product offerings to be included in the Fit For Business
     Japanese programs

Commence market development for South Korea as follows:

-    Research and test South Korean market for compatibility in accepting the
     current configuration of our programs.
-    Develop marketing approach to sell licenses in South Korea.
-    Identify potential new licensees in South Korea. Sell licenses in South
     Korea.
-    Recruit account executives and customer service representatives in
     conjunction with the Licensees in South Korea.
-    Refine our marketing and sales process in conjunction with the South Korean
     Licensees.
-    Specify any required changes to our Web presence and our web base
     management information system to accommodate South Korean nuances.

f.   TV PROGRAM
---------------
Produce the enhanced pilot program. As part of the marketing program, after
acceptance of the enhanced pilot by the Australian TV network, we will enter
into a production and advertising contract with a single advertising agency
specializing in creating and delivering information TV programs, to create and
deliver the 13 episode TV program.

g.   Sales
----------
The five full-time employed corporate account executives will commence
employment and be trained and start to sell our programs to our target markets.
The sales process and length of time taken to finalize sales will vary depending
on the size and nature of the organization that we are targeting.

New Licensee in Australia and Japan would be joining and bringing on between 10
to 15 Independent Account Executives to assist with the sales effort.

Method of achieving objectives

Items (a) and (b) will require the assistance of Insource Pty Ltd. We will
negotiate a new contract for the delivery of these objectives and anticipate
that the cost for this component will be $40,000.

Item (c) will require the assistance of a specialized elearning content
developer and provider. A specific provider has not been identified at this
time. The cost is expected to be $20,000.

Item (d) will be achieved through the efforts of the existing full time staff of
FFBI and the engagement of a Advertising and Communications agency. The cost is
expected to be $40,000.

Item (e) will be delivered by the Development Director and will require an
estimated $70,000 for research assistance and travel.

                                       30


Item (f) will require the assistance of an advertising agency at an expected
cost of $15,000 for the production of the enhanced pilot and a further $70,000
as our contribution to the production of the 13 episodes, with the rest of the
costs being funded via the sale of advertising by the chosen advertising agency
to corporations who will be contributing to the TV program.

Item (g) will be achieved and guided by the Senior Vice President of Sales.

Working Capital Expenses

We have budgeted expenditure for this quarter of $125,000 in addition to the
above.

The period ending 9 months post-capital formation:
--------------------------------------------------
Our business objectives for this period are as follows:

a.   Computer Software and Systems
----------------------------------
Develop and implement the call centre module that is part of the Web based
management information system.

Enhance the Web Based information system to cater for the South Korean market.

b.   Website Design and Enhancement
-----------------------------------
Modify the Web presence to cater for the South Korean market place.

c.   Multi Media Training programs
----------------------------------
Develop and implement the multi media based training programs for our account
executives and customer service representatives.

d.   Marketing, Promotion Literature and Brand:
-----------------------------------------------
Continue marketing and brand building via continued press releases, targeted
media interaction and relationship building events.

Commence marketing and brand building activities in South Korea in which we
identify corporations within market segments that are predisposed to purchasing
our programs and then sell to them.

e.   International Market Development
-------------------------------------
Commence business in Japan.

Continue with the preparation to commence business in South Korea. -- Initiate
new product offerings to be included in the Fit For Business South Korean
programs.

Commence market development for North America as follows:
-    Research and test North American market for compatibility in accepting the
     current configuration of our programs.
-    Develop marketing approach to sell licenses into North America.
-    Identify potential new licensees in North America. Sell licenses in North
     America.
-    Recruit account executives and customer service representatives in
     conjunction with the Licensees in North America.
-    Refine our marketing and sales process in conjunction with the North
     American Licensees.
-    Specify any required changes to our Web presence and our web base
     management information system to accommodate North American nuances.

f.   Sales
----------
Sales in Australia are expected to be established with consistent program sales
and first Japanese sales commencing. It is anticipated that a new Licensee would
be joining for Korea and bringing on between 5 and 10 account executives to
assist with the Sales effort.

Method of achieving objectives

Items (a) and (b) will require the assistance of Insource Pty Ltd. We anticipate
that the cost for this component will be $70,000.

Item (c) will require the assistance of a specialized learning content developer
and provider. A specific provider has not been identified at this time. The cost
is expected to be $80,000.

Item (d) will be achieved through the efforts of the existing full time staff of
FFBI and the engagement of a Advertising and Communications agency. The cost is
expected to be $90,000.

                                       31


Item (e) will be delivered by the Development Director and will require an
estimated $100,000 for research assistance and travel.

Item (f) will be achieved and guided by the Senior Vice President of Sales.

Working Capital Expenses

We have budgeted expenditures for this quarter of $150,000 in addition to the
above.

Since we are a development stage company with no significant operating history
and a poor financial condition, we may be unsuccessful in obtaining financing or
the amount of the financing may be minimal, and therefore, inadequate to
implement our full plan of operations. We have developed five alternative plans
of operations depending on financing being raised at the levels of $4.374
million, $2.7 million, $1.2 million, $700,000 and $350,000. These alternate
plans involve a scaling back or staged implementation of the $4.374 million plan
of operations described. In the event that we do not receive the full, or
partial financing, or our financing is inadequate or if we do not adequately
implement an alternative plan of operations that enables us to conduct
operations without having received adequate financing, we may have to liquidate
our business and undertake any or all of the following actions:

1.   Sell or dispose of our assets;

2.   Pay our liabilities in order of priority, if we have available cash to pay
such liabilities;

3.   If any cash remains after we satisfy amounts due to our creditors,
distribute any remaining cash to our shareholders in an amount equal to the net
market value of our net assets;

4.   File a Certificate of Dissolution with the State of Nevada to dissolve our
corporation and close our business;

5.   Make the appropriate filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission so
that we will no longer be required to file periodic and other required reports
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if, in fact, we are a reporting
company at that time; and

6.   Make the appropriate filings with the National Association of Security
Dealers to affect a de-listing of our common stock, if, in fact, our common
stock is quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board at that time.

If we have any liabilities that we are unable to satisfy and we qualify for
protection under the US Bankruptcy Code, we may voluntarily file for
reorganization under Chapter 11 or liquidation under Chapter 7. Our creditors
may also file a Chapter 7 or Chapter 11 bankruptcy action against us. If our
creditors or we file for Chapter 7 or Chapter 11 bankruptcy, our creditors will
take priority over our shareholders. If we fail to file for bankruptcy under
Chapter 7 or Chapter 11 and we have creditors, such creditors may institute
proceedings against us seeking forfeiture of our assets, if any. We do not know
and cannot determine which, if any, of these actions we may be forced to take.

Material commitments for capital expenditure: We have no material commitments
for capital expenditures.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

                             BUSINESS - OUR COMPANY

We were organized on May 30, 2001, and incorporated in the State of Nevada on
July 31, 2001, under the name Elli Tsab, Inc. We have remained essentially
inactive since incorporation except for the issuance of common stock to former
officers and directors for services rendered, and the issuance of options to
purchase common stock for $10,000 in cash as described below.

On May 30, 2001, we issued 5,000,000 shares of our common stock at par value of
$.001 per share to former officers and directors of the Company for
incorporation services rendered valued at $5,000 and as founders of the Company.

                                       32


We changed our name to Patient Data Corporation on April 15, 2004, and we also
increased our authorized capital to 100,000,000 shares of common stock and
10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, each with a par value of $.001 per share.

On July 25, 2004, we issued 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity, Inc. (a
Cayman Islands company) to purchase the same number of shares of our common
stock for $10,000 in cash. The option period was originally through December 31,
2005. However, it has been extended through March 31, 2006. The exercise price
of the options is the higher of $0.50 per share or the average trading price of
our common stock over the preceding ten (10) business days prior to exercise of
the options, less a discount of forty (40%) percent.

On November 10, 2003, our Subsidiary entered into an agreement with Fort Street
Equity, Inc. ("Fort Street") whereby Fort Street would assist with the
following: (i) the identification of a corporation validly organized in the
United States with which Subsidiary could realize a deemed reverse merger; and
(ii) the completion and filing of a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the
SEC for the purpose of raising capital from the issuance of common stock in the
public markets of up to $4.5 million.

Subsidiary paid Fort Street two deposits against fees and costs amounting to
$130,100. The initial capital formation activity conducted by Subsidiary and
Fort Street was not successful due to the fact that the organization and
completion of a deemed reverse merger with a validly organized corporation in
the United States could not be effected. Further, as a result of the uncompleted
deemed reverse merger, Subsidiary expensed $77,000 of the amount paid to Fort
Street as unsuccessful offering costs. With Fort Street, Subsidiary initiated a
second capital formation activity that resulted in the Exchange Agreement as
described below, and the current activity to file a Registration Statement on
Form SB-2 with the SEC.

On September 14, 2004, we entered into an exchange agreement and acquired 100%
of the issued and outstanding capital shares of Subsidiary. Fit For Business
(Australia) Pty Limited was incorporated on December 14, 1998, in the State of
Queensland, Australia. All shares of Subsidiary were owned by Mark A. Poulsen
and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. Our operations are conducted through
our Subsidiary which delivers services and products to the workplace health and
safety industry in Australia.

In exchange for all of the issued and outstanding shares of Subsidiary, we
issued an aggregate of 15,000,000 of our common shares and 1,000,000 of our
preferred shares to the shareholders of Subsidiary, Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A.
Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates
Pty. Ltd. subsequently transferred some of their common shares to other
individuals and entities, as detailed herein. In addition, the exchange
agreement included the following terms: (1) Mark A. Poulsen would be elected as
the only director; (2) the company would change its name to "Fit for Business
International, Inc." In this transaction, there were no finders fees paid and no
compensation paid, directly or indirectly. As a result of the Exchange
Agreement, consulting fees were accrued in the amount of $112,500 to Messrs.
Mitchell Stough and Kevin Murray for services rendered in connection with the
completion of the transaction under separate letter agreements executed with Mr.
Mark A. Poulsen, as principal stockholder of the Company.

On January 13, 2005, we changed our name to Fit For Business International, Inc.
in order to better reflect our new business plan.

During the year ended June 30, 2005, we entered into a License Agreement with
L.R. Global. We have yet to realize any revenues from that License Agreement.
The term of the License Agreement with L.R. Global is ten years. Over the period
of the license, we expect to realize license fee revenues of $500,000.

Our web site is located at www.fitforbusiness.com.au

Our business model addresses the alarming health statistics of individuals in
westernized countries. For example, the Australian Institute of Health and
Welfare last year revealed that 60 per cent(1) of Australian adults are
overweight and over 90 per cent(2) have at least one modifiable risk factor for
heart, stroke and vascular disease. These statistics are reflected in the
Australian workforce(3). Further, the combination of an aging workforce, falling
birth rates and increased demand for workers makes it imperative that
Corporations guide employees in modifying the risk factors that could prevent
them from making a long and productive contribution within the workforce. The
Australian National Audit Office has reported that, many businesses have
recognized the need to intervene by introducing programs that include absence

                                       33


management techniques such as leave banks and health initiatives such as
influenza injections, gym programs, yoga and stress management(4).

The US Department of Health and Human Services has reported that innovative
employers are providing their employees with a variety of work-site-based health
promotion and disease prevention programs. These programs have been shown to
improve employee health, increase productivity and yield a significant return on
investment for the employer. In their report, "Prevention makes Common Cents"
they profile some of the nationally awarded and successful wellness programs in
America such as those of Motorola, DaimlerChrysler and Caterpillar and some of
the key program features including health risk appraisals, health screenings,
targeted education programs, support for employees throughout the process of
lifestyle change, smoking cessation, weight management, fitness activities,
individual counseling, and tracking/monitoring/reporting(5).

The FFBI approach to promoting wellness amongst employees reflects many of the
features which have proved successful in corporations like Motorola,
DaimlerChrysler and Caterpillar(6). FFBI delivers an integrated work-site based
program tailored to the needs of the business. The FFBI program involves the
following features:

a.   health risk assessment,
b.   health education focused on the identified health risks,
c.   behavior  modification techniques,
d.   nutritional supplements for optimal nutrition and weight management
e.   a walking based fitness program,
f.   individual counseling of employees to support and motivate them as they
     make positive lifestyle changes,
g.   smoking cessation program,
h.   preventative measures such as inoculations,
i.   regular monitoring of results and reporting.

Potential investors should be aware that to date, FFBI does not have any case
studies to demonstrate the efficacy of our specific programs in delivering
improved wellness to individuals or improved productivity to corporations.

FFBI backs all programs with friendly, fully-trained customer service
representatives who use state-of-the-art occupational health and safety web
based information and communications systems to support, record and report on
progress of people on the programs. This ensures ongoing support and
encouragement to both the individual and the corporation.

It would be FFBIs analysis that within three to five years, workplace wellness
programs like those being proposed by FFBI will become the norm(7) as businesses
increasingly recognize the benefits of greater productivity, happier employees,
less sickness and absenteeism, and a better profitability(8).

FFBI's business plan sees it licensing prime distributors, known as "Licensees",
in the countries that it targets. The Licensees will need to be very successful
long-term business people with existing networks of account executives and
customer service representatives. Each account executive and customer service
representative will be individually required to contract with FFBI as
independent account executives or customer service representatives. FFBI earns
its revenues through the licensing fees as well as, on average, earning a 15%
margin on programs delivered to corporate customers. The key to the business
model is that corporate customers contract with FFBI and pay for the purchase of

---------------------
1 Australian Heart Foundation, "Heart Stroke & Vascular diseases Australian
Facts 2004" pg 2 http://www.heartfoundation.com.au/index.cfm?page=19, visited on
31 May 2005
2 As Above
3 Australian Heart Foundation, "The shifting burden of cardiovascular disease in
Australia 2005"pg 26 http://www.heartfoundation.com.au/index.cfm?page=20
4 The Auditor General Audit Report #52 2002-2003, "Absence management in the
Australian Public Service" pg 68, 30 June 2003,
http://www.anao.gov.au/WebSite.nsf/Publications/BD2FEAB022F0A678CA256D4B000F5DFD
5 US Department of Health and Human Services "Prevention Makes Common Cents",
Executive Summary, September 2003
http://aspe.hhsgov/health/prevention/prevention.pdf visited on 31 May 2005
6 US Department of Health and Human Services "Prevention Makes Common Cents",
Executive Summary, September 2003
http://aspe.hhsgov/health/prevention/prevention.pdf visited on 31 May 2005
7 US Department of Health and Human Services "Prevention Makes Common Cents",
Page 22&23, September 2003 http://aspe.hhsgov/health/prevention/prevention.pdf
visited on 31 May 2005
8 Ozminkowski RJ, Ling D, Goetzel RZ, Bruno JA, Rutter KR, Izaac F, Wang S.
"Long-term impact of Johnson & Johnson`s health and wellness program on health
care utilization and expenditures." Journal of Occupational and Environmental
Medicine. 2002; 44:21-29

                                       34


the programs for their employees. The successful implementation of the business
plan will be dependent on our ability to meet the challenges of developing a
management team capable of not only the development of the various programs but
also brand management and the implementation of specific marketing strategies.
These strategies will include the utilization of specific existing distributors
currently in the business of marketing nutritional and wellness programs. As
well, we will be employing our own account executives to offer our services and
programs to our various target markets.

Additionally, it will be necessary to educate the target market and build
relationships with corporate customers in order to demonstrate the commercial
benefits of the Fit For Business wellness programs.

Our business plan has two major components or programs which involve products
and services for:

     (1)  "Corporate Wellness;" and
     (2)  "Living Well."

Market Opportunities

The Fit For Business Programs are currently marketed to two major target
markets:

     1.   Corporate Wellness Solutions - targeted to small/medium/large
          corporations;
     2.   Living Well Solutions - targeted primarily to retirement village
          groups and individual seniors.

Marketing is conducted via several methods:

     1.   Targeted media advertising and events;
     2.   Direct mail; and
     3.   Relationship marketing

Potential investors should be aware that to date FFBI has not conducted any
feasibility studies to demonstrate the efficacy of our business strategy.

CORPORATE WELLNESS SOLUTION PROGRAM

Under this component of the business plan, we are focused on delivering products
and services to make the corporate workplace healthier. The goal is that a
healthier workplace increases productivity and reduces absenteeism and stress,
and therefore, increases bottom line profits for employers. Our main objective
is to be a market leader in the Corporate Wellness arena.

Our approach to tackling the wellness issues faced by corporations employees is
to initially concentrate on nutrition and physical activity to replace bad
eating habits with goods ones. FFBI assists the employee to aim to undertake
this behavior modification within the first 21 days, usually the length of time
taken to break a habit.

Following which FFBI can introduce other wellness components of the corporations
choice, through FFBI, and our partner providers or through working with
providers of the corporations choice - but always monitored and followed up
through our web based information system and customer service representatives.

FFBI delivers an initial Corporate wellness program that includes:
     o    Profiling of the business including the physical requirements of the
          major roles within the work place
     o    Introductory seminar on the aims and goals of the FFBI program and on
          what good nutrition entails
     o    A profile of all  individual  employees on the program and referral to
          appropriate medical/service providers
     o    Physical activity program
     o    Nutrition program including menu planning
     o    Non-intrusive follow-up/coaching of all individuals at the 1, 3, 7,
          14, 28 days and then monthly
     o    Actively  working  with  employees  to monitor  and report on progress
     o    Providing ongoing educational material (as agreed) via electronic or
          hardcopy means

                                       35


The balanced nutritional program provided by FFBI and for which the products are
supplied by Herbalife can consist of:
     o    protein, vitamins, minerals, herbs and dietary fibre
     o    B6 supplement
     o    Vitamin and Mineral supplement
     o    Vitamin C Supplement

Plus we can provide other targeted products from the Herbalife range of
nutritional products:
     o    Florafibre, Natures Raw Guarana, Chitosan, Lifeline - Omega 3,
          Xtra-Cal, RoseOx (antioxidant), Tang Kuei, Protein powder and so on.

FFBI offers a variety of programs which includes the above services
and appropriate products, ranging in price from $85.00 (AUS. $115.00) to $210.67
(AUS. $285.00) per individual employee per month.

The benefits for corporations undertaking the FFBI programs can include:
     o    that employees feel better about themselves and have more energy;
     o    reduced absenteeism rates;
     o    reduced staff turnover; o improved productivity; and
     o    reduced health services costs.

The benefits for individuals undertaking the FFBI programs can include:
     o    Reducing the chance of excess unpaid sick leave;
     o    Improving health which may reduce the cost of personal health/medical
          expenses;
     o    Savings on the costs of meals;
     o    Having more energy and stamina to meet the demands of work and life in
          general; and
     o    Having the program costs totally paid for by the employer.

Potential investors should be aware that to date FFBI has not conducted any
studies to determine the efficacy of our programs and there are no guarantees
that our programs will provide the benefits indicated above.

Potential corporate customers are identified through a process of gathering and
analyzing business information and data by our marketing and account executives.

The Corporate Wellness Solution program is then marketed directly to the target
companies ("customers") via the account executives. The account executives have
previous experience in sales and are trained in the Fit For Business Program
methodology on how to approach potential corporate customers, when information
is required by customers, how to best present the information, and how to close
the sale.

We also have a separate training manual, provided on CD to all account
executives, which provides detailed training on how each separate market is to
be targeted, as well as detailed information on follow up, reporting, and other
procedures.

Once a corporate customer has agreed to participate in the program, our Account
Executive prepare an agreement, with our assistance, to be presented to the
customer. On signing of the agreement, the individual employees of the customer
are interviewed by our customer service representative to advise the correct
program for their use. The customer is then invoiced for the full retail value
of three (3) month's program for all employees who will be utilizing the
program. The in principle structure of our pricing policy is as follow:
     a.   40% is allocated to direct program consumables, such as inoculations,
          pedometer, nutritional supplements, participant rewards, participant
          information packs and so forth;
     b.   10% is allocated to indirect program cost such an allocation for
          overheads, quality assurance, management information systems and so
          forth;
     c.   35% is allocated to compensate the customer service representatives
          who implement the program and coach/monitor the individuals on the
          program; and
     d.   15% is the gross margin that we aim to attain on any program sales and
          out of which we pay sales commissions.

Each corporate customer's employee receives follow-up at the 1, 3, 7, 14, 21
days and then weekly from the fully trained customer service representative to
ensure compliance with the program. This follow-up process ensures that
individual employees obtain positive results, assists them in forming positive
habits, and helps them to stay on the program, which benefits us as well as the
customer.

                                       36


The customer receives initially weekly, and then monthly, reports from the
Account Executive showing the progress of the applicants. This information is
also recorded onto the Web based Fit For Business Customer Follow-up program.
Through the Web based Fit For Business management information system, we are
able to gauge the results achieved by the employees of various customers as well
as our customer service representatives.

CORPORATE WELLNESS SOLUTION PROGRAM

The FFBI business model for delivering the wellness solution program to the
corporate market place sees:
     o    the FFBI corporate entity delivering the marketing, support and
          quality assurance services to the sales team;
     o    the sales team comprising the licensee and the independent and
          employed account executives, undertaking the corporate sales
          activities and securing sales;
     o    the customer service representatives delivering the services and
          products to the employees of the corporations.

Typically an Account Executive would source the corporations/retirement
villages, make the initial contact, present the FFB program, and negotiate the
contract.

Once the contract is signed off the customer service representative would then
"take over" the implementation of the contract and the actual service delivery.
The customer service representative would be the one to contact the individual
participants, initiate them onto the program and provide the 1 on 1 customer
support as part of the FFB customer care program. We envisage that each customer
service representative will be able to support up to 150 program participants.

(NB once a contract has been negotiated an independent account executive can
choose to have the dual role of customer service representative for up to a
maximum of 50 program participants at any one time. This has the advantage of
keeping the independent account executive in touch with the customer
experience.)

The directors and officers of FFBI are not Licensees, account executives or
customer service representatives.

Currently, there are 16 Independent Account Executives and 5 independent
customer service representatives out of the total of 67 account executives and
customer service representatives who are affiliated with Mark A. Poulsen &
Associates Pty. Ltd. Mark A. Poulsen, our CEO and President, is a director and
beneficiary of Mark A. Poulsen & Associates. As such Mark A. Poulsen should
receive some distribution of dividends or income from Mark A. Poulsen &
Associates Pty. Ltd. that have resulted from commissions paid to Mark A. Poulsen
& Associates Pty. Ltd. from Herbalife as a result of nutritional products sold
by FFBI's independent account executives and customers service representatives.
No other know affiliations exist between any account executives, customer
service representatives and any officers or directors or employees of FFBI.

The table below expands on the specific roles played by each party to the FFBI
business model.

                                       37




---------------------------  --------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------
FFBI Staff                         Licensees              Account                Customer
                                                         Executives              services
                                                                              representatives
---------------------------  --------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                                    

o  Develops programs for      o  Provides an        o  Researches           o  Contacts each
   the market place              existing and          potential               employee of
                                 proven group of       customers who are       corporations
o  Puts in place strategic       Account               corporations            joining the
   relationships with            executives and                                program
   product providers             customer           o  Builds
                                 service               relationships        o  Conducts the
o  Undertakes the Brand          representatives       with corporations       Customer Profile
   and market building                                                         to ascertain
   activities                 o  Generates sales    o  Does                    correct
                                 leads for their       presentations to        program
o  Provides all of the           Account               corporations and        for the employee
   marketing and                 executive             finalizes sales
   promotional collateral                                                   o  Orders the
                              o  Assists the        o  Once sales              products from
o  Generates sales leads         account               process is              Product Supplier
   for the account               executives            complete
   executives                    finalize sales        allocates            o  Delivers
                                                       customer services       Products and
o  Builds relationships       o  Monitors              representatives         initiates
   with the larger               performance of        to corporations         customer onto the
   customer and assist           the account           to service their        program
   the account executives        executives and        employees who are
   close sales with              Customer              on FFBI programs     o  Performs
   these organizations           services                                      followup as per
                                 representatives    o  Monitors customer       customer care
o  Undertake induction and                             service                 program on 1st,
   training of licensees,     o  FFBI intend to        representatives         3rd, 7th, 14th,
   Account executives and        establish a           to ensure               21st and
   customer services             compensation          services quality        weekly
   representatives               plan comprising       is maintained           thereafter
                                 options and
o  Monitors performance of       cash bonuses       o  Ensures that
   the account executives        which will be         corporations
   and Customer services         dependant on          renew their
   representatives               total sales           contract with
                                 volumes of FFBI       FFBI
o  Maintain business model       programs
                                 through their      o  It is intended
o  Provision of web              distribution          that the Account
   presence                      group.                Executive service
                                                       provide customer
o  Provision of Web based                              service to
   information systems                                 at least 50
                                                       employees of
o  Maintain systems and                                corporations
   process

o  Finalizes proposal and
   contracts with
   customers

o  Maintain ISO9001:2000
   Quality certification



                                       38




Independent Account Executives have two sources of income:
a.   Commission on sales - a sliding scale commission for all contracts that
     commences once an agreed cumulative yearly threshold of $100,000 has been
     reached. An indicative commission scale is as follows:
     o    3% for sales up to $1,000,000
     o    2% for further sales between $1,000,000 and $2,000,000
     o    1% for any further sales above $2,000,000(no maximum cap)

b.   A per participant fee when also acting as Customer Service Representative
     for implementing the FFB program for a maximum of 50 participants at any
     point in time.

Independent Customer Service Representatives have one source of income:
a.   A per participant fee for implementing the FFB program for an agreed number
     of participants

Independent  Account  Executives and Customer  Service  Representatives  receive
compensation  from FFB on the  basis  of every  program  sold,  irrespective  of
whether the program involves the nutritional supplement component.


COMPENSATION PLAN FOR LICENSEES, ACCOUNT EXECUTIVES AND CUSTOMER SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES

----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- --------------------
Fit For Business        Licensee              Independent Account  Independent Customer  FFBI Employed
                                              Executives*          Service               Account Executives
                                                                   Representative*       & Customer Service
                                                                                         Representatives
----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- --------------------
                                                                             
Budgeted to retain 15%  Receives 5%           Are to receive a     Budgeted to receive   FFBI will pay an
of the retail value of  commission from       sales commission     up to 35% of the      annual salary
any FFBI Program sales. Herbalife for any     which will be        retail value of any   negotiated at the
                        nutritional product   dependent on total   FFBI program sale.    time of employment.
                        sold as a component   volume of sales of   May also receive 5%
                        of a FFBI program     FFBI programs. May   commission from
                        by their account      receive 5%           Herbalife for any
                        executive or          commission from      products sold as part
                        customer service      Herbalife for any    of a FFBI program if
                        representative who    nutritional          they are a Herbalife
                        are Herbalife         products sold as     distributor.
                        distributors.         part of a FFBI
                                              program.
----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- --------------------


* Distinction between Account Executive and Customer Service Representative-
typically an Account Executive would source the corporations/retirement
villages, make the initial contact, present the FFB program, and negotiate the
contract phase. Once this is signed off the Customer Service Representative
would then "take over" the contract (NB the Account Executive may choose to
maintain this contract himself if it is a small number of programs) he/she would
then contact the participants, review their program requirements, order &
deliver programs. Initiate them onto the program and provide the 1 on 1 customer
support as part of the FFB customer care program.


                                       39




Illustrative Compensation Tables

The tables below illustrate the compensation that could be received by
independent account executives and independent customer service representatives.

Example 1: In the current year the Account Executive has secured one 12 month
contract for a standard FFBI Wellness Program with Company A for 200 employees
at $1600.00 per participant. The total value of the contract is $320,000. The
Account Executive chooses to take on the role of Customer Service Representative
for 50 participants.

------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------ -------------------
                          Eligible for     Value of Sales   Number of program   Payment per        TOTAL REMUNERATION
                          Sales            Commission       participants        participant
                          Commission                        monitored           monitored
------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------ -------------------
                                                                                    
Independent Account
Executive                     Yes(1)            $9600               50          35% x $1600 x 50        $37,600
                                                                                = $28,000
------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------ -------------------
Independent Customer
Service Representative          N/A              Nil               150          35% x $1600 x 150       $84,000
                                                                                = $84,000
------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------ -------------------

Example 2: In the current year, the Account Executive has secured a 12 month
contract for a FFB Wellness Program (without the nutritional supplements) with
Company B for 200 employees at $200.00 per participant. The total value of the
contract is $40,000. The Account Executive chooses to take on the role of
Customer Service Representative for 50 participants.

------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- -------------------- ------------------ -------------------
                          Eligible for     Value of Sales   Number of            Payment per        TOTAL REMUNERATION
                          Sales            Commission       participants         participant
                          Commission                        monitored            monitored
------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- -------------------- ------------------ -------------------
Independent Account
Executive                      No(2)             Nil                50            35% x $200 x 50         $3,500
                                                                                 = $3,500

------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- -------------------- ------------------ -------------------
Independent Customer
Service Representative          N/A              Nil                150          35% x $200 x 150        $10,500
                                                                                 = $10,500
------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- -------------------- ------------------ -------------------


(1) The minimum annual sales threshold of $100,000 has been reached with this
one contract so a Sales Commission applies at the 3% rate. (2) The minimum
annual sales threshold of $100,000 has not been reached in this example so a
Sales Commission does not yet apply.


                                       40


LIVING WELL PROGRAM

This component of our business plan is targeted through programs directed
primarily, but not exclusively, to individuals over 45 years of age. The
programs consist of a wide range of nutritional supplements, personal care,
Physical activity and weight management programs, that promote inner and outer
wellness, and a healthy lifestyle. The nutritional products currently utilized
within the living well programs are manufactured by Herbalife.

         2 (a) Retirement Village Groups

Retirement villages and homes are approached directly by Living Well account
executives who have been trained on how to approach the retirement villages;
what information is required; and how to present it.

The Account Executive then organizes a group presentation to the village at a
suitable time. Once the presentation is complete, each attendee receives a
seniors brochure which includes information on the program and an order form.

Once the order is placed by the customer directly with us or via the Living Well
account executive, the funds are deposited with us. The Living Well account
executive via a customer service representative places the order and initiates
the customer onto the customer care program. The in principle structure of our
pricing policy is as follow:
    a.   40% is allocated to direct program consumables, such as inoculations,
         pedometer, nutritional supplements, participant rewards, participant
         information packs and so forth;
    b.   10% is allocated to indirect program cost such an allocation for
         overheads, quality assurance, management information systems and so
         forth;
    c.   35% is allocated to compensate the customer service representatives who
         implement the program and coach/monitor the individuals on the program;
         and
    d.   15% is the gross margin that we aim to attain on any program sales and
         out of which we pay sales commission.

          2 (b) Individual Seniors

The seniors market is driven solely by our nation wide advertising campaign. We
are currently mass marketing the Fit For Business Program in all the states of
Australia. We are using free to air and television Pay programs, with
advertising slots and a sponsorship campaign.

As well as the TV campaign, we are placing ads in the nationally recognized
"Seniors" newspapers and magazines.

We believe this advertising not only generates customer interest, it also helps
create national brand awareness for us.

The Fit For Business national call center receives the customer calls in
response to the advertisements. Their details are taken by the call center and
entered on to the Fit for Business Web Based management information system. Fit
For Business then distributes the leads, via the management information system,
for each State (there are seven states and two territories in Australia)in
Australia to the customer service representatives randomly, dependent on
geographic location. The customer service representative then follows up each
potential new customer as per the customer follow up program.

Once the customer decides to purchase the program, the funds are deposited into
our account. The customer service representative places the order and initiates
the customer onto the customer care program. The in principle structure of our
pricing policy is as follow:
    a.   40% is allocated to direct program consumables, such as inoculations,
         pedometer, nutritional supplements, participant rewards, participant
         information packs and so forth;
    b.   10% is allocated to indirect program cost such an allocation for
         overheads, quality assurance, management information systems and so
         forth;
    c.   35% is allocated to compensate the customer service representatives who
         implement the program and coach/monitor the individuals on the program;
         and
    d.   15% is the gross margin that we aim to attain on any program sales and
         out of which we pay sales commission.


                                       41


PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

The Fit For Business Program provides to our customers, and in the case of
corporate customers, to their employees, a unique nutritional component, which
is manufactured and supplied by Herbalife. Herbalife has been selected as our
nutritional supplement provider because we believe its products are safe,
effective, and have a recognized market presence after twenty-four years in the
market place. We also believe that the Herbalife products are effective for our
customers because of their continuing commitment to enhance their products
through research and development. Further, the products manufactured by
Herbalife have been selected because we believe they provide a flexible,
balanced nutrition program based on the core formulated meal replacement
product, which can be tailored to meet individual needs.

FFBI does not directly have any relationship with Herbalife Ltd. There is no
contractual relationship between Herbalife Ltd. and FFBI. From November 10-15,
2002, our President and CEO, Mark A. Poulsen, and Senior Vice President of
Sales, Anthony F. Head, were invited to present the Fit For Business program to
the then CEO and Co-President of Herbalife Ltd., Carole Hannah. Our presentation
and subsequent meetings were received with great excitement and enthusiasm by
all nine Senior Vice Presidents of Herbalife Ltd. As there was no conflict with
Herbalife, they encouraged FFBI to proceed with our business plan into the
market place. They were of the view that the FFBI programs could only enhance
the sales of their product. FFBI is in regular contact with Herbalife Australia
to ensure that product supply can be assured to FFBI corporate customers. Mark A
Poulsen the President and Chief Executive Officer of FFBI is a Herbalife
distributor. Currently the licensees that are being chosen by FFBI to distribute
FFBI programs are Herbalife distributors with existing distributor network
currently distributing Herbalife products to the domestic market. Herbalife Ltd.
utilizes a network marketing model to distribute their products to the domestic
market place. Herbalife distributors are independent business people and are not
restricted in pursuing any other business or employment opportunities. Some of
the Account Executives that the licensees will choose to distribute the FFBI
programs may also be existing Herbalife distributors, as will the customers
service representatives.

OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY

Our business strategy is comprised of the following principal elements:

Program Branding and Wellness

Our initiative is to develop the Fit For Business brand and reputation as a
company focused on a complete wellness program and way of life. To bring this
message across, we plan to undertake a significant advertising, public relations
and branding campaign.

                                       42


Account Executive Expansion, Retention & Training

Employed account executives are recruited as any other corporate employee would
be via newspapers advertisement or via an employment agency. Employed account
executive recruitment is undertaken via selection and interview processes.
Independent account executives are recruited through similar mechanisms by the
licensees. No fees or inducements of any kind are paid by FFBI for the
recruitment of these account executives, other than agreed fees to registered
employment agencies. No employed or independent account executives or customer
service representatives or any employee of FFBI receives any fees, inducements,
or other pecuniary benefits for the recruitment of account executives or any
other employee. There are no revenues that can be attributed to the recruitment
of account executives.

To expand our independent account executive base, we are focusing on
implementing programs to ensure account executive retention. Key areas include:
provision of more qualified leads to account executives; enhancing our customer
service capabilities at our call centers; offering greater business-building
opportunities through our web based management information system; creating
business support initiatives and better training and educational materials for
new account executives to guide them through their first eighteen months; and
offering enriched reward and recognition programs. To further support our
account executives, a cross-functional sales team will help provide account
executives with the best marketing, training, sales and information tools to
ensure their success.

We recognize that in addition to high-quality programs and a proven account
executive compensation plan, the success of our business depends on the training
of our account executives. Extensive training opportunities enable account
executives to not only develop invaluable business-building and leadership
skills, but also to become experts in our programs. By placing a top priority on
training, we will build credibility among our account executives and be further
established in the industry.

We sell account executive kits at a worldwide cost of approximately $59.14 per
kit (AUS $80.00), which an individual must purchase in order to become an
account executive. This kit includes:
      o     FFBI Letterhead (25 copies)
      o     FFBI Corporate Brochures (6 copies)
      o     FFBI Nutritional Brochures (Herbalife) 6 copies
      o     FFBI Corporate Folders (6 copies)
      o     CD Rom containing all training and proforma documents
      o     Certificate of Registration of Account Executive or Customer Service
            Representative
      o     Living Well program posters (5 copies)
      o     Living well pamphlets (100 copies)
      o     Corporate Employee Implementation Brochures (20 copies)
      o     Web Based Management system Access codes and instructions
      o     FFBI email address details

Sales of account executive kits are not subject to account executive allowances
and cash incentives, including commissions and bonuses. Accordingly, we receive
the entire retail sales amount from the sale of account executive kits.

FIT FOR BUSINESS PROGRAM RETURN AND BUY-BACK POLICIES

Our programs include an individual customer employee satisfaction guarantee.
Under this guarantee, within 30 days of purchase, any individual employee who is
not satisfied with any FFBI program for any reason may return it or any unused
portion of any nutritional product to the account executive or customer service
representative for a full refund.

                                       43


GEOGRAPHIC PROFILES AND SALES TRENDS.

At this time, we have account executives working in Australia and New Zealand.
We hope to enter the following markets in 2005, or as soon as possible: Japan
South Korea and North America, followed by Singapore, and Hong Kong. However
there is no guarantee that we will expand into these markets, or that if we do
that we will obtain significant sales.

In any new country market we initially expect to target corporations that are
favorably disposed to purchasing the FFBI programs. However, subsequent
marketing efforts to corporations that are not as favorably disposed to our
products, will require greater efforts and time to finalize sales.

We believe that a significant factor affecting these sales trends will be the
opening of other new country markets within the same geographic region or with
the same or similar language or cultural bases. As such when new countries are
opened, we expect the sales in existing markets to shift to newly opened
markets, resulting in a plateau in sales in the existing markets. This will be
caused by existing account executive in existing markets viewing the prospect of
being able to market to favorably disposed corporations in the new country
markets as being a relatively easier sales proposition than pursuing less
favorably disposed corporations in existing markets.

a) Our international expansion includes targeting companies that are pre
disposed to purchasing our programs. This is done through research on these
companies to find out which ones are indeed already pro - active in corporate
wellness.
b) We will be entering these new markets with a track record and testimonials,
which should increase our speed to market. c) We will be employing qualified
experienced corporate sales executives that are already connected into the
corporate arena in these international markets.

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION, INTERNET AND TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

In order to facilitate our continued growth and support account executive
activities, we will continually upgrade our web-based management information
system and supporting internet and telecommunication systems. These systems will
include:

(1) local area networks of personal computers, serving our administrative staff;
(2) an internet website to provide a variety of online services for account
executives, customer service representatives, and potential corporate customers.
(3) an international web-based integrated customer management systems, combining
online and standalone features, to allow Fit For Business and its employees,
account executives, customer service representatives and licensees to record,
track and report relevant customer information.

    1.  Calendar & Appointment Functionality
    2.  Corporate Profile - including goals
    3.  Individual Employee Profile - Including Goals of going on program
    4.  Employee Follow-up module
            a.  Including call scripts to collect & record information on how
                employee is performing on  program, this includes physical,
                behaviors, and feelings, measurements on the 1st, 3rd, 7th, 14th
                28th, and then monthly
    5.  Product order and reorder - automated
            a.  Interface to Herbalife Ordering procedures/system
    6.  Reporting system
            a.  To Individual employee for encouragement to show how they are
                performing against the goals they set
            b.  To the corporation at the aggregate level
                    i.  No individual information to privacy reasons
    7.  Licensee, Account Executive and Customer Service Representative
        management
            a.  Ensure all customers are being followed up
            b.  Orders are being placed in a timely manner
            c.  Contract renewals are followed up

                                       44


We will continue to invest in our systems in order to strengthen our operating
platform.

GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION

General. We are affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations,
administrative determinations, court decisions and similar constraints, as
applicable, at the federal, state and local levels, including regulations
pertaining to: (1) program claims and advertising, including direct claims and
advertising by us, as well as claims and advertising by account executives, for
which we may be held responsible; (2) our distribution system; (3) transfer
pricing and similar regulations that affect the level of taxable income and
customs duties; and (4) taxation of account executives, which in some instances
may impose an obligation on us to collect the taxes and maintain appropriate
records.

Programs. While there have been no program sales to date by FFBI in the United
States it is our intention by February 2006 to commence investigating the North
American market place. If our investigations of the north American market prove
to be fruitful it is our intension that we would commence program sales in 2006
in the United States.

In the United States and other markets we intend to operate in , the
formulation, manufacturing, packaging, storing, labeling, promotion,
advertising, distribution of the Herbalife nutritional products will be subject
to regulation by one or more governmental agencies, but these regulations will
need to be complied with by Herbalife - prior to receipt and distribution by
FFBI Account Executives and customer service representatives.

Prior to commencing operations and prior to making or permitting sales of our
programs in some international markets, we may be required to obtain an
approval, license or certification from the country's relevant health agency.
Where a formal approval, license or certification is not required, we may seek a
favorable opinion of counsel regarding our compliance with applicable laws.
Prior to entering a new market in which a formal approval, license or
certificate is required, we will work extensively with local authorities in
order to obtain the requisite approvals. The approval process may require us to
present each program and product ingredient to appropriate regulators and, in
some instances, arrange for testing of products by local technicians for
ingredient analysis. The approvals may be conditioned on reformulation of our
products or may be unavailable with respect to some programs or some
ingredients. Product reformulation or the inability to introduce some programs
or ingredients into a particular market may have an adverse effect on sales. We
must also comply with program advertising, labeling and packaging regulations
that vary from country to country. Our failure to comply with these regulations
can result in our program being removed from sale in a particular market, either
temporarily or permanently.

In the United States, the FTC, which exercises jurisdiction over the advertising
of our programs, has in the past several years instituted enforcement actions
against several dietary supplement companies for false and misleading
advertising of some of their products. These enforcement actions have resulted
in consent decrees and monetary payments by the companies involved. In addition,
the FTC has increased its scrutiny of the use of testimonials, which we also
utilize. We cannot be sure that the FTC will not question our advertising or
other operations. In November 1998, the FTC issued a guide for the dietary
supplement industry, describing how the FTC applies the law that it administers
to advertisements for dietary supplements. It is unclear whether the FTC will
subject advertisements of this kind, including our advertisements, to increased
surveillance to ensure compliance with the principles set forth in the guide.

                                       45


In some countries, regulations applicable to the activities of our account
executives also may affect our business because in some countries we may be
responsible for our account executives' conduct. In these countries, regulators
may request or require that we take steps to ensure that our account executives
comply with local regulations. The types of regulated conduct may include: (1)
representations concerning our programs; (2) income representations made by us
and/or account executives; (3) public media advertisements, which in foreign
markets may require prior approval by regulators; and (4) sales of programs in
markets in which the products have not been approved, licensed or certified for
sale.

In some markets, it is possible that improper program claims by account
executives could result in our programs being reviewed or re-reviewed by
regulatory authorities and, as a result, being classified or placed into another
category as to which stricter regulations are applicable. For example
inappropriate or improper claims made about nutritional products could see them
being reclassified from being a food to a therapeutic good. Such a
reclassification would require significantly different registration, labeling
and marketing processes being undertaken for such a nutritional product. In
addition, we might be required to make advertising and labeling changes.

Through our manuals, seminars and other training materials and programs, we
attempt to educate our account executives and customer service representatives
as to the scope of permissible and impermissible activities for example
impermissible activities in some markets may include claiming that our programs
can deliver weight reduction or that they will deliver stress relief in the work
place or increase the productivity of the workplace. The account executives and
customer service representatives are trained to ensure that their activities and
claims involving the FFBI programs do not transgress any of the laws of the
market in which they operate.

We also investigate allegations of account executive misconduct. However, our
independent account executives generally are independent contractors, and we are
unable to monitor directly all of their activities. As a consequence, we cannot
be sure that our account executives comply with applicable regulations.
Misconduct by account executives could have a material adverse effect on us in a
particular market or in general. For example if the account executive was
located in Australia and were to make a proven misleading or deceptive claim,
the Australian Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cth) might open FFBI to a claim for
damages consisting of:
     o    compensatory damages for any injury;
     o    damages for any expenses  incurred to treat an injury or repair damage
          to property, including medical expenses;
     o    compensation for any loss of income because of injury or damage;
     o    an amount in respect of any costs which will be incurred in the future
          to treat an injury or repair damage to property; and
     o    compensation for any loss of life expectancy or ongoing  impairment of
          earning capacity.

We are unable to predict the nature of any future laws, regulations,
interpretations or applications, nor can we predict what effect additional
governmental regulations or administrative orders, when and if promulgated,
would have on our business in the future. They could, however, require: (1) the
reformulation of some products not able to be reformulated; (2) imposition of
additional record keeping requirements; (3) expanded documentation of the
properties of some programs; (4) expanded or different labeling; and (5)
additional scientific substantiation regarding product ingredients, safety or
usefulness.

Any or all of these requirements could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations and financial condition.

Sources of liability for FFBI will depend on the nature of the activity been
undertaken and the jurisdiction that we are operating in. For example in
Australia actions in respect of defective services or products are likely to be
based in one or more of the following three areas of law:
     o    the Australian Federal Trade Practices Act and comparable legislation
          in the Australian State and Territory jurisdictions; and
     o    the common law of contract; and
     o    the common law of negligence.

                                       46


Australian Federal Trade Practices Act:

The Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cth) in broad terms, the objectives of the Trade
Practices Act and similar State and Territory legislation are to promote
competition and fair trading and provide for consumer protection. The Trade
Practices Act covers anti-competitive and unfair market practices, company
mergers or acquisitions, product safety and product liability. The section of
the Act most likely to affect FFBI is Section 52 which prohibits corporations
from engaging in misleading or deceptive conduct in trade or commerce. It
prohibits certain false representations, for example, that services or goods are
of a particular standard, quality, value, grade, composition, style or model or
have a particular history or a particular previous use. Labeling and
advertising claims on products are susceptible to challenge under these
provisions and must be capable of substantiation. In assessing whether claims
are misleading, courts will look at whether the express and implied
representations are correct and whether the overall impression is accurate. The
Fair Trading Acts of the Australian States and Territories contain similar
provisions. This extremely wide-ranging provision has established a norm of
conduct which, if breached, can give rise to a variety of remedies for a person
who suffers damage.

The common law of contract:

Where a service or product is supplied by a manufacturer to a supplier or by a
supplier to a consumer there will be a contract between the two parties.
Australian courts will often be prepared to find that those contracts include
implied terms about the quality of the service or product. If those terms are
breached then the party which received the service or product will have an
action for breach of contract.

The common law of negligence:

The common law tort of negligence remains an important source of legal rights
and responsibilities for service or product liability actions under Australian
law. The most significant of the common law remedies against service provider,
manufacturers and distributors of defective goods is the law of negligence.
Under the law of negligence a plaintiff may recover damages from a defendant if:
o the defendant owes the plaintiff a duty of care at law o the defendant
breaches that duty by failing to meet the standard of care required by the law;
and o the plaintiff suffers damage because of the breach of duty. In Australia
it is well settled that a duty of care is owed by the service provider,
manufacturer and supplier of goods to the purchaser or user. The common law
provides that the service provider ought reasonably have the user in
contemplation when considering the issues of design, delivery, safety and
distribution.

Damages:

There are a number of technical differences between the calculation of damages
in contract and negligence and under the TPA. However, in broad terms, a
successful plaintiff in a service or product liability action will be able to
recover:
     o    compensatory damages for any injury
     o    damages for any expenses  incurred to treat an injury or repair damage
          to property, including medical expenses
     o    compensation for any loss of income because of injury or damage
     o    an amount in respect of any costs which will be incurred in the future
          to treat an injury or repair damage to property; and
     o    compensation for any loss of life expectancy or ongoing impairment of
          earning capacity.

Food:

Another area of Law in Australia that can affect the FFBI are the regulation
affecting Food as the many nutritional products are registered as a food and not
a therapeutic good. The Australian States and Territories have food legislation
to regulate the composition, packaging, advertising and labeling of food and
the hygiene of food premises and equipment.

The Australia New Zealand Food Standards Code is adopted by all the Australian
States and Territories. The Code prescribes labeling requirements for all food.
Certain statements are prohibited and others are regulated and may only be used
in specific circumstances. For example, health and nutrition claims and claims
that a food is a food for a specific dietary use are strictly regulated. There
is also a general prohibition on the addition of substances to food such as
additives, vitamins and minerals, and certain botanicals, unless specifically
permitted for a particular food. In addition to the general requirements, the
Code sets out prescribed standards for particular foods. Some foods must undergo
rigorous safety assessments before they can be made available for sale, for
example, novel and genetically modified food.

                                       47


Therapeutic goods:

Therapeutic goods must be registered and can only be manufactured by a licensed
manufacturer, and must also be included on the Australian Register of
Therapeutic Goods as either listed or registered goods. There are standards for
the manufacture, composition, handling, labeling and advertising of such goods.
Therapeutic goods may be assessed for safety and efficacy, depending on the
level of risk and the claims made on the product. Distributors of therapeutic
goods must hold the relevant level of evidence to support claims made on
packaging and in advertising. The legislation also provides a procedure for
pre-publication clearance for advertisements of certain therapeutic goods. There
are also standards for the labeling of these products.

Trade measurement:

Australian State and Territory trade measurement legislation also imposes
certain labeling requirements for packaged foods and other packaged consumer
products. The requirements of the legislation apply to all goods packed for sale
in Australia and goods fully imported for sale in Australia, unless specifically
exempted from the marking requirements. The legislation also includes offences
in relation to short measure of packaged goods.

Compliance Procedures. We have instituted formal regulatory compliance measures
by developing a system to identify specific complaints against account
executives and to remedy any violations by account executives through
appropriate sanctions, including warnings, suspensions and, when necessary,
terminations. In our manuals, seminars and other training programs and
materials, we emphasize that account executives are prohibited from making
therapeutic claims.

In order to comply with regulations that apply to both us and our account
executives, we will conduct research into the applicable regulatory framework
prior to entering a new market in order to identify all necessary licenses and
approvals and applicable limitations on our operations in that market.
Typically, we would conduct this research with the assistance of local legal
counsel and other representatives. We also research laws applicable to account
executive operations and revise or alter our account executive manuals and other
training materials and programs to provide account executives with guidelines
for operating a business, marketing and distributing our programs and similar
matters, as required by applicable regulations in each market. We are unable to
monitor our supervisors and account executives effectively to ensure that they
refrain from distributing our programs in countries where we have not commenced
operations.

It is part of our business to anticipate and respond to new and changing
regulations and to make corresponding changes in our operations. Although we
will devote resources to maintaining our compliance with regulatory constraints
in each market, we cannot be sure that (1) we would be found to be in full
compliance with applicable regulations in all markets at any given time, or (2)
the regulatory authorities in one or more markets will not assert, either
retroactively or prospectively or both, that our operations are not in full
compliance. Depending upon the severity of regulatory changes in a particular
market and the changes in our operations that would be necessitated to maintain
compliance, these changes could result in our experiencing a material reduction
in sales in the market or determining to exit the market altogether. We cannot
be sure that this transition would not have an adverse effect on our business
and results of operations either in the short or long term.

COMPETITION

We are subject to significant competition for the recruitment of account
executives from network marketing organizations, including those that market
weight management programs, nutritional supplements, and personal care programs,
as well as other types of products. Some of our competitors are substantially
larger than we are, and have available considerably greater financial resources
than we have. HCG Healthcorp Group, Healthwise Australia, and Corporate
Relaxation and Wellness are direct competitors in Australia. Our ability to
remain competitive depends, in significant part, on our success in recruiting
and retaining account executives through an attractive compensation plan and
other incentives. However, we cannot be sure that our programs for recruitment
and retention of account executives will be successful.

The business of marketing weight management programs, nutritional supplements,
and personal care programs also is highly competitive. This market segment
includes numerous manufacturers including: Omega Trend, USANA, Magnatec Inc.,
and other marketers, retailers and physicians that actively compete for the
business of consumers. The market is highly sensitive to the introduction of new
programs or weight management plans, including various prescription drugs that
may rapidly capture a significant share of the market.

                                       48


SALES

Sales represent the gross sales amounts reflected on our invoices by our account
executives. Given our pricing policy is as follow:
     a.   40% is allocated to direct program consumables, such as inoculations,
          pedometer, nutritional supplements, participant rewards, participant
          information packs and so forth;
     b.   10% is allocated to indirect program cost such an allocation for
          overheads, quality assurance, management information systems and so
          forth;
     c.   35% is allocated to compensate the customer service representatives
          who implement the program and coach/monitor the individuals on the
          program; and
     d.   15% is the gross margin that we aim to attain on any program sales and
          out of which we pay sales commission.

We receive the amount reported as "retail sales," and we monitor the actual
retail prices charged for our programs. "Net sales" represent the actual
purchase prices paid to us by our customers , less any costs associated with
items (a) and (b) above. We receive our sales price in cash, check, direct debit
or through credit card payments upon execution of contract with corporations.
Our use of "retail sales" in reporting financial and operating data reflects the
fundamental role of "retail sales" in our accounting systems, internal controls
and operations. The "retail sales" price is used by us to calculate, among other
things, bonuses earned by licensees and sales commissions earned by account
executives. We rely upon "retail sales" data reflected in daily sales reports to
monitor results of operations in each of our markets.

CUSTOMERS

As of the period September 30, 2005, we had 11 customers who had generated
approximately $2,870 of revenue.

EMPLOYEES

As of January 30, 2006, we had in total 3 employees of which 3 are full-time
and are our officers and directors. The part-time employee assists us with
office work and reception duties. We have never had a work stoppage, and no
employees are represented under collective bargaining agreements. We consider
our relations with our employees to be good. We have entered into employment
contracts with our employees.

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNT EXECUTIVES AND CUSTOMER SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES

As of January 30, 2006, we have 68 registered independent account executives
and customer services representatives across Australia. The independent account
executives and customer service representatives are not our agents and have
agreed to abide by our code of conduct and quality assured procedures.

The FFBI Code of Conduct is intended to regulate the conduct of independent and
employed account executives and customers service representatives. FFBI is
responsible for administering the Code.

To ensure compliance with the Code of Conduct, FFBI may impose an administrative
sanction if a breach of the Code is found to have occurred. An administrative
sanction may range from a caution through to suspension or the ultimate sanction
of dismissal if an employee or cancellation of their contract as an independent
contractor.

The Code of Conduct is not intended to displace any duty or liability that an
account executive or a customer service representative may have under the law of
the country in which they are doing business.

The objectives of the Code of Conduct are:
(a)  to establish a proper standard for the conduct of business as an account
     executive or customer service representative;
(b)  to set out the minimum attributes and abilities that a person must
     demonstrate to perform as a account executives and customer service
     representatives  under the Code of  Conduct,  including:
     (i)  being of good character;
     (ii) knowing the FFBI programs and products, in sufficient depth to offer
          sound and comprehensive advice to a customer;
     (iii)completing continuing professional development as required;
     (iv) being able to perform diligently and honestly;
     (v)  being able and willing to deal fairly with customers;

                                       49


     (vi) having enough knowledge of business procedure to conduct business as
          an account executive or customer service representative;
     (vii)properly managing and maintaining customer, employee and retiree
          records;
(c)  to require account executives and customer service representatives to be
     accountable to the customer.

The Code of Conduct does not list exhaustively the acts and omissions that may
fall short of what is expected of a competent and responsible account executives
and customer service representatives. However, the Code of Conduct imposes on an
account executives and customer service representatives the overriding duty to
act at all times in the lawful interests of the customer. Any conduct falling
short of that requirement may make the account executives and customer service
representatives liable to dismissal if an employee or cancellation of their
contract as an independent contractor.

In achieving its mission FFBI looks to provide high quality programs and
products to our customers. The quality procedures implemented by FFBI strives to
ensure FFBI meets and exceed customer' needs and expectations through fostering
a culture of continuous improvement, both at the sales and managerial level, and
by cultivating cooperation and mutual respect among employees, independent
contractors, customers, and suppliers.

FFBI, has developed a quality assurance process that includes systems, methods,
and work instructions in accordance with our values and to achieve the following
objectives:
o    Providing effective programs by working continuously to meet the needs,
     desires, and satisfaction of all customers;
o    Ensuring that the quality, safety, efficacy, standards are placed,
     approved, and adhered to;
o    Ensuring that all policies, operational procedures, and work instructions
     are constantly revised and evaluated;
o    Verifying that adequate steps and procedures are placed and implemented to
     ensure an ongoing process of improvement through the participation and
     commitment of all employees and independent contractors at all levels;
o    Supporting the company's quality assurance procedure, by introducing and
     utilizing the latest technology, innovations and research, to make our
     programs of the highest quality; and
o    Developing programs for customers through following cost-effectiveness,
     well-planning, and systematic methods that enable measuring, evaluating,
     and achieving program attributes in compliance with the customer
     requirements.

FFBI is strongly committed to the FFBI quality procedures and processes and as
proven through the implementation of ISO 9001:2000.

LICENSEE AND THE AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND LICENSE AGREEMENT

The licensee assists FFBI enter a new market place by making available their:
o    distribution chain;
o    experience in the market place;
o    existing government and business relationships; and
o    their profile within the wellness industry of the market that FFBI is
     entering.

The licensee main motivator for becoming part of the FFBI business model is to
gain the increased retail sales volumes of products and services from
corporations and retirement villages, and as such open their existing
distribution business to the corporate market segment in addition to continuing
to target individual retail customers. The licensees by increasing their sales
volumes would increase their revenues and thus their commissions and or overall
profitability. For example where the licensee is an existing Herbalife
nutritional products distributor, such as our exiting licensee, L.R. Global
Marketing Pty Ltd, they have provided:
o    an existing group of Herbalife product distributors, who will primarily be
     supplying these products to individual retail customers. A small number of
     these distributors have met the selection criteria to become FFBI Account
     Executives or Customer Service Representatives;
o    an intimate knowledge and an existing profile of doing business in the
     Australian and New Zealand market places in which they operate and this has
     been demonstrated by their business success in these market place;
o    an existing distribution and supply chain already set up as far as the
     Herbalife nutritional products are concerned; and
o    existing corporate and government relationship that they are starting to
     leverage to get the FFBI programs accepted into the workplaces;

                                       50


In the instance that the licensee is a Herbalife distributor they take up an
FFBI license because they see an opportunity to increase their retail sales by
using the FFBI model to market to a single corporation that may have a hundred
employees rather than to individual retail customers. As such getting an
individual corporate customer with a hundred employees can be a more cost and
time effective mechanism of generating greater sales of the Herbalife products
as opposed to gaining a hundred individual retail customers. Those licensees
that are Herbalife distributors are incentivized to join FFBI due to the 5%
commission they will receive through all sales of Herbalife products by their
Account executives and Customer Service representatives, as well as from
receiving 1% of the full value of all contracts signed by their account
executives from FFBI. FFBI is willing to sacrifice these opportunities in
exchange for revenues generated by the licensing fee and the knowledge that they
will be obtaining the service of an established sales force. They will also be
in a position to benefit from the branding expenses undertaken by FFBI in the
form of advertisements, as well as from the television programs FFBI intends to
launch pertaining to its products and services.

The value of the license grant of $500,000 is determined on the basis of FFBI
delivering the following services to the licensee:

[ ]  Initial set up fee $50,000
          o    Assistance with the short listing, interview and selection of up
               to 10 account executives and 10 customer service representatives
               to join FFB;
          o    Set up and provision of all office automation and IT systems;

[ ]  Initial set up fee $100,000 (this may vary depending on the number of
     locations)
          o    Provision of orientation training for the licensee their 10
               Account Executives and 10 customer service representatives
               including on the rules of conduct, policies, all Information
               Technology systems, corporate process and quality assurance
               processes;
          o    A series of hands on workshops on every element of the FFBI
               programs on offer;
          o    A series of workshop for licensee and Account Executives on
               developing corporate sales process of the FFBI program;
          o    A series of workshop on developing existing corporate or
               government relationships and leads of the account executives;
          o    Assisting licensee and their account executives undertake
               corporate and retirement village presentations;
          o    Generating corporate sales leads for the account executives;

[ ]  Ongoing annual fee for 10 years of $35,000
          o    Developing and releasing updates for all corporate policies,
               systems and processes;
          o    Ongoing training provision;
          o    Generating corporate sales leads for the account executives; and
          o    Hosting annual conference.

In August 2004, Subsidiary entered into a non-assignable license agreement with
L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd. ("L.R. Global"). The principals of L.R. Global
are Laraine Richardson and Dianne Waghorne. The principals of L.R. Global are
not related to FFBI, or to its officers and directors except as described
herein. Pursuant to the license agreement, L.R. Global has the right, for a
period of ten (10) years, to the use of our logo, our web based management
information system, marketing and promotional literature, processes, systems,
intellectual property and attend FFBI events for the purpose of generating new
customers for the Company and for training account executives and customer
service representatives.

Under the terms of the license agreement, L.R. Global is obligated to pay
$500,000 for the grant of the license. L.R. Global will as an independent
Herbalife distributor receives a five (5%) percent commission directly from
Herbalife on the sales of the Herbalife products generated by L.R. Global as
part of any FFBI program sales. The 5% commission is a standard commission paid
by Herbalife to independent distributors such as L.R. Global. FFBI has no
influence, or agreement, as to what commissions L.R. Global Pty Ltd will receive
from Herbalife. This is a matter entirely determined independently through L.R.
Global Pty Ltd independent distributor agreement with Herbalife. In connection
with the grant of the license agreement, Mark A. Poulsen transferred 500,000
shares of our common stock to L.R. Global. The value of the shares transferred
by Mark A. Poulsen was estimated to be $250,000, or $.50 per share. Such value
was determined based on the value per share calculated and assigned by the board
of directors of the company to certain promissory notes assumed from subsidiary
subsequent to the execution of the exchange agreement which were converted into
shares of common stock of FFBI in September 2004.

                                       51


Through June 30, 2005, L.R. Global has paid the sum of $124,750. L.R. Global was
required to pay the balance of the amount owing by December 31, 2004. L.R.
Global was in default of the terms of the License Agreement balance owing to us.
In June 2005, L.R. Global paid us USD$7,000 and executed an amended license
agreement. The amended license agreement provides for final payment of the
balance of the license fee within 60 days after our stock is quoted on the OTC
Bulletin Board. In addition, the principals of L.R. Global, Laraine Richardson
and Dianne Waghorne, executed personal guarantees for the balance of the
outstanding license fee.

FIT FOR BUSINESS IS ISO 9001:2000 CERTIFIED

The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) is a worldwide
federation of national standards bodies from some 100 countries, one from each
country. ISO's work results in international agreements which are published as
International Standards. ISO 9001:2000 provides an internationally recognized
formula for running any operation where quality assurance in the provision of
the service is a requirement. The requirements of the ISO 9001:2000 standard are
organized into the following five sections:
   o  Quality Management System
   o  Management Responsibility
   o  Resource Management
   o  Product Realization
   o  Measurement, analysis and improvement

The Company's quality management system puts in place a system whereby quality
has become part of our operation and will continually improve our services and
products.

The implementation of our quality management system was certified to the
Australian/International Standard AS/NZS ISO 9001:2000, and this is the highest
certification that can be awarded for a management system and will satisfy all
government requirements in Australia and internationally.

      What makes up our quality management system?
          o    Quality Policy - The Management's commitment to quality
          o    Quality  Manual - our overall policy and interpretation of the
               standard
          o    Detailed Work Instructions  - documented procedures on how to
               complete specific task and training
          o    Job Descriptions  - specific tasking to staff members ensuring
               responsibility and accountability
          o    Company Forms - the approved form used within the company
          o    A procedure for recording and fixing problems
          o    A regular internal check of the system and processes
          o    A regular check by independent auditors of the system and
               processes


                        PATENTS OR TRADEMARKS OR LICENCES

FFBI's "Fit For Business" logo was trademarked and registered in Australia on
Oct 15, 1999 for a period of ten (10) years.

FFBI does not have any other trademarks, patents or licenses nor is it currently
seeking any further intellectual property rights.

                                       52


                             DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

The Company does not own any real property. We presently have a rent and common
area cost sharing agreement with Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd.
("Associates") which is a month-to-month arrangement. Mark A. Poulsen is one of
our officers and directors. The premises are located at 10/27 Mayneview Street,
Milton, Australia. We pay approximately 90% of the costs associated with
Associates agreement. This is approximately $1,383 per month. We also have an
agreement with Incorp Services, Inc., located at 3155 E. Patrick Lane, Suite 1,
Las Vegas, Nevada. This agreement provides us with a "virtual office program."
The "virtual office program" provides us with registered agent services in
Nevada (since we are a Nevada corporation) and use of certain facilities such as
conference rooms and receipt of mail. We do not operate our business from this
location. We will pay approximately $1,495 per year for the "virtual office
program."

                                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Neither our parent company nor our subsidiary, or any of their properties, is a
party to any pending legal proceeding. We are not aware of any contemplated
proceeding by a governmental authority. Also, we do not believe that any
director, officer, or affiliate, any owner of record or beneficially of more
than five per cent (5%) of the outstanding common stock, or security holder, is
a party to any proceeding in which he or she is a party adverse to us or has a
material interest adverse to us.

                                   MANAGEMENT,
                        DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The following table sets forth current information about our executive officers
and directors

Name                  Age     Position
---------------       ----    --------------------------------------------------
Mark A. Poulsen        44     President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of
                              the Board of Directors
Anthony F. Head        58     Senior Vice President of Sales and Director
Prins A. Ralston       41     Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Sandra L. Wendt        35     Senior Vice President of Administration, Chief
                              Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer


                                       53




The following table summarizes the information about our executive officers and
Directors previous roles for the last five years.

                                             Date of       Date of
Name              Title/Relationship       Commencement   Cessation           Company
---------------   -----------------------  ------------   -----------   --------------------
                                                            
Mark A. Poulsen     Director                 December-                  Mark Poulsen &
                                                  1989      Ongoing     Associates Pty Ltd

                    Managing Director        December-                  Fit For Business
                                                  1998      Ongoing     (Australia) Pty Ltd
                    President, Chief
                    Executive Officer         January-      Ongoing     Fit For Business
                    & Chairman of the             2005                  International, Inc.
                    Board of Directors

Sandra L. Wendt     Personal Assistant      September-      December-   Mark Poulsen &
                    and Chief                     1996          1998    Associates Pty Ltd
                    Financial Officer

                    Chief Financial          December-      Ongoing     Fit For Business
                    Officer                       1998                  (Australia) Pty Ltd

                    Vice President of
                    Administration,           January-      Ongoing     Fit For Business
                    Chief                         2005                  International,Inc.
                    Financial Officer
                    and Principal
                    Accounting Officer

Anthony F. Head     Consultant and            Jan 1999      July 2001   Independent Consultant
                    Lecturer

                    Sales Director           July 2001      Ongoing      Fit For Business
                                                                         (Australia) Pty Ltd

                    Senior Vice President     January-      Ongoing      Fit For Business
                    of Sales & Director           2005                   International, Inc.


Prins A. Ralston    Managing Director        December-      July 2001    Nexus Energy Limited.
                                                  1993

                    Partner                  July 1999      February-    Clayton Utz Solicitors
                                                                 2001    and Lawyers

                    Group General Counsel    November-      November-    Ingeus Limited.
                    and Company Secretary        2001            2004

                    Senior Vice President     January-      Ongoing      Fit For Business
                    and Chief Operating          2005                    (Australia) Pty Ltd &
                    Officer                                              Fit For Business
                                                                         International, Inc.


                                       54


Mark A. Poulsen is our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the
Board of Directors. Mark started his career as an apprentice carpenter in 1976
in the construction industry. He soon started his own marketing and distribution
company Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd, on December 6, 1989, distributing
Herbalife products. He has traveled extensively for Herbalife, training over
850,000 individuals from all over the world in areas ranging from sales and
marketing, promotion, administration, leadership, life enhancement, and personal
development. After 20 years as an independent Herbalife distributor, he could
see the market place was changing and could see a need for not only improving
corporate health but a real answer to the growing overweight and obesity issues.
He commenced development of the Fit For Business concept in 1998. He has spent
the last seven years enhancing the Fit for Business concept and programs while
continuing his involvement with Herbalife.

Since 2000, he has spent the last 5 years building and developing Fit For
Business (Australia) Pty Ltd, while still maintaining his Herbalife retail
business (Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd.). As Managing Director, his duties
include recruiting and building sales networks in approximately 35 countries.

Anthony (Tony) F. Head is our Senior Vice President of Sales and Director. He
graduated from Monford Sales Personnel Melbourne, he has also completed various
courses in Selling & Sales. He has studied Marketing, Lithographic Arts and
Computer Technology. Tony started his career in advertising, but soon realized
that his vocation was in sales. Commencing his sales career with Cadbury
Confectionary in 1978, he moved through the chain of management to taking on
career paths inside the organization included marketing and administration
roles. Tony moved into the Direct Selling Industry in 1984 working for Shaklee
Australia, a large vitamin supplement and cosmetic company. He was responsible
for the coordination of Regional Sales Leaders. He then joined Mary Kay
Cosmetics from 1986 to 1993 as their Sales Development Director, responsible for
recruitment, motivation and education of consultants, presentations, new product
launches and public relations. He then joined Herbalife Ltd. as their Director
of Communications and Sales for Pacific Rim. Over the next 6 years he was
responsible for sales of Herbalife products in: Taiwan, Thailand, Philippines,
Indonesia, Japan, South Korea, and Australia.

Tony Head worked for Herbalife Ltd. from 1993 to January 1999. His position was
Director of Communications and Sales for the Pacific Rim. His main
responsibilities were liaison with Herbalife Distributors, Event Coordination
and Reporting. From 1999 to 2001, Tony was consulting to independent marketing
distributors, doing guest speaking at meetings and advising on methods of
advancement in the direct selling industry. In 2001, he started working for Fit
For Business Australia (Pty) Ltd on a consulting basis. He has helped build and
train the sales team, prepare presentations and event coordination.

Prins A. Ralston is our Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr.
Ralston has recently temporarily resigned as our employee since we are not in a
position to pay his salary on a full time basis. Therefore, he is presently
working as a consultant for us. When we are in a position to pay Mr. Ralston's
full time salary, he shall become our full time employee again. Notwithstanding
this fact, Mr. Ralston has remained as our Senior Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer.

Mr. Ralston was the General Counsel and Company Secretary of Ingeus Limited
(Public unlisted Company in Australia) and its group of companies (which
included recruitment company - Clements Recruitment Pty Ltd, corporate health
and occupational health and rehabilitation provider - Inergise Australia Pty
Ltd, outsourced government unemployment services provider - Work Directions
Australia, UK , France and training provider- Invisage Australia Pty Ltd)from
2001 to 2004. Mr. Ralston was a National Partner of the Australian legal firm
Clayton Utz from 1999 to 2001. In 2001, he resigned as the Managing Director of
an Australian Stock Exchange Listed company, Nexus Energy Limited (Australian
Stock Exchange: NXS). Mr Ralston was a Director of Nexus Energy Limited from
1993 to 2001.

                                       55




Mr. Ralston has a significant industry profile being the Chairman of
Publications of the UNESCO based International Federation of Information
Processing (IFIP) as well as having been Vice President of IFIP and a past
President of the Australian Computer Society and the South East Asian Computer
Confederation.

Sandra L. Wendt is our Senior Vice President of Administration, Chief Financial
Officer and Principal Accounting Officer. Sandra graduated from high school in
1978, and immediately began working in a stockbroker's office, working her way
up to international settlements and accounts department. She then worked in
office management for a real estate office, managing their office, and rentals
list, dealing with trust accounts and leases. She then moved into the
Superannuation Industry, working her way up from Accounts, to Senior
Administrator of their in-house Employer Superannuation Fund, and was
responsible for over 200 employers and 4,000 employees. Sandra was then promoted
to oversee this position as Assistant Manager with over 25 staff under
supervision. She started working for Mark A. Poulsen and Associates Pty Ltd. in
1996; with duties in office management, training and accounting. She attended
courses in Web Development and data base design and management, and has used
both these skills to her advantage, she has developed business planning, cash
flow reporting, budgeting and forecasting, cash management and customer liaison
skills. She has developed accounting procedures and is responsible for the
financial control (managing cash flow, budgets, income and expense reports and
financial and tax reporting) for Kamaneal Investments Pty Ltd and Mark Poulsen &
Associates Pty Ltd.. She has the task of budget forecasting as well as account
management on a daily basis. She has also developed and implemented the IS0 9000
:2000 system and maintains this as the Quality Manager of the Company.

PROMOTERS

Jason Farrell and Dawn Farrell were our founders and, therefore, are deemed to
be our promoters.

                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth information concerning annual and long-term
compensation, on an annualized basis for the last three fiscal years, for our
President and for each of our other executive officers (the "Named Executive
Officers") whose compensation on an annualized basis is anticipated to exceed
$100,000 during fiscal 2005.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                       ANNUAL COMPENSATION             LONG TERM COMPENSATION      SECURITIES
                                                                    RESTRICTED     UNDERLYING
NAME AND PRINCIPAL    FISCAL                            ANNUAL        STOCK         OPTIONS         ALL OTHER
POSITION              YEAR         SALARY    BONUS   COMPENSATION    AWARDS     (NO. OF SHARES)   COMPENSATION
--------              ----         ------    -----   ------------    ------      --------------   ------------
                                                                             
1.   Mark Poulsen     2004        $288,986     0       $288,986         0              0
                      2003        $   0        0           0            0              0
2.   Tony Head        2004        $ 77,063     0       $ 77,063         0              0
                      2003        $   0        0           0            0              0
3.   Prins Ralston    2004        $131,007     0       $131,007         0            30,000
                      2003        $   0        0           0            0              0
4.   Sandra Wendt     2004        $ 42,385     0       $ 42,385         0              0
                      2003        $   0        0           0            0              0



Compensation of Directors

Our directors will not receive compensation for services provided as a member of
our Board of Directors or any committee thereof, but directors may be reimbursed
for certain expenses incurred in connection with attendance at Board and
committee meetings.

Employment Agreements

We presently have entered into the following employment agreements with our
management personnel to retain their services. The employment agreements were
all entered into on November 29, 2004. However, all of the employees commenced
their work for us in 2005. Therefore, no salaries accrued prior to January 2005.
Where bonuses are to be paid dependent on meeting budget, the meeting of budget
refers to the annual fiscal budget which forecast our sales, revenues, expenses
and profit. The annual budget is approved prior to the start of the fiscal year
by our Board of Directors. At the end of the fiscal year, our Board of Directors
will approve bonuses based on whether the forecast in the budget was met.

                                       56


We entered into an employment agreement with Mark A. Poulsen to serve as our
President and Chief Executive Officer. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr.
Poulsen is compensated at the annual rate of $289,986 for services. He will also
be paid 5 percent of the value of each country or geographic-area license sold.
In addition, on December 1, 2004, the Board of Directors awarded a bonus of
approximately $388,250 to be paid to Mr. Poulsen within 30 days after the
listing of our common stock on the over-the-counter bulletin board. This bonus
was awarded and calculated on the basis that Mr. Poulsen would not have drawn a
salary or received any remuneration from the inception of him founding the Fit
for Business Australia Pty Ltd. in December 1998. As the view of our board of
directors was that Mr. Poulsen spent approximately two-thirds of his time over
the last six years building the Australian business, the bonus was calculated
using Mr. Poulsen's current Australian salary and applied on an approximately
two-thirds basis over a period of six years. The payment of the bonus was made
contingent on the listing of the common stock and capital raising as this would
be the source of funds for the payment of the bonus. Mr. Poulsen's employment
agreement does not contemplate the payment of any other bonuses.

We entered into an employment agreement with Prins A. Ralston to serve as our
Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Under the terms of the
agreement, Mr. Ralston is compensated at the annual rate of $131,007. He shall
receive an annual bonus of $14,782 if we meet our budget each fiscal year. In
addition, Mr. Ralston will be granted options to purchase 30,000 shares of our
common stock under an option plan, when and if established. Mr. Ralston services
were acquired through one of the largest recruiting companies in Australia and
the world, Hudson Global Resources, who have office world wide. Hudson Global
Resources undertook a extensive global search and advertising campaign to
generate a short list of candidates, from which Mr. Ralston was selected
following an exhaustive series of tests and interviews. We will be obligated to
pay a recruiting fee for the placement of Mr. Ralston to Hudson Global Resources
amounting to approximately $21,100. Mr. Ralston has no affiliation with Hudson
Global Resources other than that he was placed at Ingeus Limited, his previous
employer, by them. Mr. Ralston has recently temporarily resigned as our employee
since we are not in a position to pay his salary on a full time basis.
Therefore, he is presently working as a consultant for us. When we are in a
position to pay Mr. Ralston's full time salary, he shall become our full time
employee again. Notwithstanding this fact, Mr. Ralston has remained as our
Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer.

We entered into an employment agreement with Anthony F. Head to serve as our
Senior Vice President of Sales. Mr. Head is also our Director. Under the terms
of the agreement, Mr. Head is compensated at the annual rate of $77,063. He
shall receive an annual bonus of $11,086 if we meet our budget each fiscal year.
He will also be paid 5 percent of the value of each country or geographic-area
license sold.

We entered into an employment agreement with Sandra L. Wendt to serve as our
Vice President of Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer. Under the terms of the agreement, Ms. Wendt is compensated
at the annual rate of $42,385. She shall receive an annual bonus of $3,695 if we
meet our budget each fiscal year.

The Board of FFBI adopted a conflict of interest policy on January 4, 2005. This
policy is intended to minimize conflicts of interest by requiring each director
to disclose all material interests which may lead to a conflict of interest
involving the director or officer's role with FFBI, and has been filed as an
exhibit to this Form SB-2.

Under the policy, a conflict that has been noted is that:

Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. is a company which Mark A. Poulsen is a
Director of and through which he runs his Herbalife distributorship. Herbalife
runs a network marketing systems, under which Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd
directly receives 5% of income from Herbalife, dependant on the volume of the
nutritional products sold through distributors who have been sponsored by Mark
Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd.

Currently, Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. has 21 distributors that it
has sponsored under the Herbalife networking systems that are also independent
FFBI account executives (16) and customer service representatives (5). As such
Mark A. Poulsen should receive some distribution of dividends or income from
Mark A. Poulsen and Associates Pty. Ltd. that have resulted from commissions
paid to Mark A. Poulsen and Associates Pty. Ltd. from Herbalife as a result of
nutritional products sold by FFBI's independent account executives and customers
service representatives.

                                       57


                                  STOCK OPTIONS

To date, we have agreed in the employment agreement with Mr. Ralston to grant
him at a future date 30,000 stock options. We have not granted or agreed to
grant any other stock options to our directors or officers. On July 25, 2004 we
issued 2,000,000 options to purchase common shares to Fort Street Equity Inc. in
consideration for $10,000 or $0.005 per option. The options grant Fort Street
Equity, Inc. the right to purchase 2,000,000 common shares of our stock at the
greater of the market price, as determined under the agreement, less a discount
of 40%, or $0.50 per share. The options originally expired on December 31, 2005.
However, they have been extended by us until March 31, 2006. Fort Street Equity,
Inc., acting as an underwriter, subsequently sold: (i) 100,000 options to the
Ralston Superannuation Fund, a related party, for $19,008 on May 10, 2005; (ii)
50,000 options to Bruce Gilling, an unrelated party, for $15,000 on June 14,
2005; (iii) 277,576 options to Therese Mulherin, a related party, for $60,240 on
July 1, 2005; (iv) 16,666 options to the Kelly Superannuation Fund, an unrelated
party, for $5,000 on August 26, 2005; (v) 66,666 options to Mark Hoey, an
unrelated party, for $20,000 on August 19, 2005; (vi) 13,420 options to Sandra
L. Wendt a related party, for $2,280 on September 14, 2005; (vii) 16,666 options
to Keith Appleby, an unrelated party, for $5,000 on September 23, 2005; and
(viii) 25,000 options to Neil Wendt, a related party, being the brother-in-law
of Sandra L. Wendt, for $7,500 on September 26, 2005.

We have not issued any stock options to any officers, directors or staff.

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following are the only persons beneficially owning, directly or indirectly,
or exercising control or direction over more than 5% of voting rights attached
to the shares of our common stock both prior to the Offering and after giving
effect to the Offering and the exercise of the options being registered in this
Registration Statement:

Name and Address                     Amount and Nature   Percent of    Percent
of Beneficial Owner                  of Beneficial       Class (4)(5)  of Class
                                     Ownership                         including
                                                                       Preferred
                                                                       Shares(6)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mark A. Poulsen                      13,780,000(1)         60.25%
10/27 Mayneview Street               63,780,000(7)                      89.99%
Milton, Queensland, Australia

Anthony F. Head                         275,000(2)          1.20%         .38%
18 Ti Tree Grove
Mornington, Victoria, Australia

Sandra L. Wendt                         100,000(8)          0.44%        0.14%
30 Cambridge Crescent
Forest Lake, Queensland, Australia

Fort Street Equity, Inc.
Box 866                               3,210,506(3)         14.03%        4.40%
George Town, Grand Cayman Islands

Executive Officers and               14,155,000            61.89%
Directors as a Group                 64,155,000(7)                      88.04%
(4 Persons)

(1) Includes 10,700,000 shares issued to Kamaneal Investments Pty Ltd as trustee
for Mark Poulsen Family Trust;1,540,000 issued to Mark Poulsen; 1,540,000 issued
to Karen Poulsen.
(2) Includes 25,000 shares held by Brenda Head, Anthony Head's wife.
(3) Mitchell Stough is the principal of Fort Street Equity, Inc. Fort Street
owns 914,000 shares, Mitchell Stough owns 750,000 shares and Kellie Stough,
Mitchell's wife, owns 112,500 shares. The line indicating 3,210,506 shares
includes the 1,434,006 options that Fort Street Equity holds that convert into
1,434,006 shares of our common stock. The percentage is based on 22,870,000
shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of January 30, 2006 including
the 2,000,000 shares underlying the options.

                                       58




(4) Based on 20,870,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of
January 30, 2006 plus 2,000,000 options that are convertible to common stock.
Therefore, the calculation is based on 22,870,000.
(5) Excludes 1,000,000 Series "A" Preferred Shares held by Mark A. Poulsen, each
preferred share having the right to 50 votes in annual or special meetings of
shareholders.
(6) Based on 20,870,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of
January 30, 2006 plus Mr. Poulsen's 1,000,000 Series "A" Preferred Shares or
50,000,000 shares of common stock, or an aggregate of 70,870,000. Plus
2,000,000 options that are convertible to common stock. Therefore, the
calculation is based on 72,870,000.
(7) Assumes inclusion of 50,000,000 shares of common stock based on Mr.
Poulsen's ownership of 1,000,000 Series "A" Preferred Shares.
(8)Based on 100,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of
January 30, 2006.

                                    DILUTION

As of September 30, 2005, the Company had pro forma net tangible book value of
approximately $302,361, or $0.01 per share of common stock outstanding, after
giving effect to the assumed exercise of 1,434,006 stock options held by Fort
Street Equity, Inc. and others to acquire a like number of shares of Common
Stock. Net tangible book value equals the tangible net worth of the Company
(total tangible assets less total liabilities) divided by the number of shares
of Common Stock outstanding. After giving effect to the sale by the Company of
shares of Common Stock at various levels of proceeds as presented in this
Offering at the initial offering price of $1.50 per share, after deducting the
estimated offering expenses (of which $118,193 of related expenses have been
incurred prior to September 30, 2005), the pro forma net tangible book value of
the Company and amount per share as of September 30, 2005, would have been
approximately as presented in the table below. The following table illustrates
the per share dilution at various levels of proceeds from the Offering.

                                                                        Assumed Net Proceeds Raised Under Offering
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     
                                                        $ 4,374,000    $ 2,700,000    $ 1,200,000    $   700,000    $   350,000
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Assumed initial public offering price per share (1)     $      1.50    $      1.50    $      1.50    $      1.50    $      1.50
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Pro forma net tangible book value before the Offering          0.01           0.01           0.01           0.01           0.01
Increase attributable to new investors                         0.18           0.12           0.06           0.04           0.02
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Pro forma net tangible book value after the Offering           0.19           0.13           0.07           0.05           0.03
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Dilution per share to new investors                     $      1.31    $      1.37    $      1.43    $      1.45    $      1.47
                                                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========

---------------
   (1) Represents the initial public offering price per share of Common Stock
   before deducting Offering expenses payable by the Company.

                            [See table on next page].


                                       59



                                                                        Assumed Net Proceeds Raised Under Offering
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        $ 4,374,000    $ 2,700,000    $ 1,200,000    $   700,000    $   350,000
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Shares Purchased:
  Existing stockholders                                  22,304,006     22,304,006     22,304,006     22,304,006     22,304,006
  New Investors                                           3,000,000      1,884,000        884,000        550,667        317,333
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
     Totals                                              25,304,006     24,188,006     23,188,006     22,854,673     22,621,339
                                                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
Percentage:
  Existing Stockholders                                          88%            92%            96%            98%            99%
  New Investors                                                  12%             8%             4%             2%             1%
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
     Totals                                                     100%           100%           100%           100%           100%
                                                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
Total Consideration:
Existing stockholders                                   $   302,361    $   302,361    $   302,361    $   302,361    $   302,361
New Investors                                             4,500,000      2,826,000      1,326,000        826,000        476,000
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
   Totals                                               $ 4,802,361    $ 3,128,361    $ 1,628,361    $ 1,128,361    $   778,361
                                                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
Percentage:
  Existing Stockholders                                           6%            10%            19%            27%            39%
  New Investors                                                  94%            90%            81%            73%            61%
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
     Totals                                                     100%           100%           100%           100%           100%
                                                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
Average Price Per Share:
  Existing Stockholders                                 $      0.01    $      0.01    $      0.01    $      0.01    $      0.01
  New Investors                                                1.50           1.50           1.50           1.50           1.50


The foregoing table reflects the exercise of 1,434,006 options held by Fort
Street Equity, Inc. purchase a like number of shares of Common Stock at an
assumed purchase price of $0.50 per share.

                              SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

We are registering 1,784,000 shares of our common stock by our existing
shareholders and an additional 1,434,006 shares of our common stock issuable in
connection with outstanding options. The following table sets forth the name of
each Selling Security Holder, the number of shares of common stock beneficially
owned by the Selling Security Holders as of January 30, 2006, and the number of
shares being offered by each Selling Security Holder. None of the selling
security holders listed below are broker-dealers or affiliates of
broker-dealers. Any changes to this list of selling security holders will be
disclosed via an amendment to this Form SB-2.

                                       60




--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
  Name of Selling Stockholder        Shares of       Percent of    Shares of Common     Number of    Percent
                                    Common Stock       Common      Stock to be sold       Shares       of
                                   Owned Prior to      Shares       in the Offering    owned after    Shares
                                    the Offering    Owned Prior                        the Offering   owned
                                                       to the                                         after
                                                     Offering (1)                                    Offering (3)
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
                                                                                      
Junay Pty Ltd Trustee for (KL
Notaras Family Trust) (4)               95,000             *              95,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Mushroom Systems International          15,000             *              15,000              0         0
Pty Ltd (10)
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Dean Harrison Family Trust (5)          30,000             *              30,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Jaroluin Pty Ltd (11)                   30,000             *              30,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Leigh Troy                              30,000             *              30,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Kendal Robinson                         15,000             *              15,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Mark Hoey (13)                          120,000             *            120,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
GL Ray Enterprises (12)                 15,000             *              15,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Roan Lee                                30,000             *              30,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
The Credence Superannuation             60,000             *              60,000              0         0
Fund (6)
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Vexa Superannuation Fund (7)            20,000             *              20,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Boyana & Dragan Aralica                 10,000             *              10,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Heather Kraus                           10,000             *              10,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Wibcara Pty Ltd As Trustee For          10,000             *              10,000              0         0
Kraus Superannuation Fund (8)
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Maria Corry                             20,000             *              20,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Clifford Henkel                         20,000             *              20,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Helen Hughes                            40,000             *              40,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Linda Wild                              70,000             *              70,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Ann Maree Wood                          10,000             *              10,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Walter Puawai McDermott                 20,000             *              20,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Zainon Binte Ismail                     10,000             *              10,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
James & Joan Stewart as
Trustees of the R Stewart Pty
Ltd Superannuation Fund (9)             40,000             *              40,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Maxwell Spackman                        10,000             *              10,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Benjamin David Spackman                 20,000             *              20,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Lily Lee Lee Lee                        20,000             *              20,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Roslina Binte Mohamed Sa'ad             20,000             *              20,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Robert E. & Valda J. Bradley            20,000             *              20,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Donald Howell Wild                      50,000             *              10,000          40,000       .19%
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Denise Linsley-Hayles                   10,000             *              10,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Wayne Jobson                            40,000             *              40,000              0         0
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------
Fort Street Equity, Inc. (2)         1,776,500           8.51%         2,348,006         862,500      3.33%
--------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- -------


                                       61


      * - Less than 1%
     (1)  Assumes all of the shares of common stock offered in this prospectus
          are sold and no other shares of common stock are sold during the
          offering period. The percentage of shares is based on 20,870,000
          shares issued and outstanding as of January 30, 2006.
     (2)  Fort Street Equity, Inc. owns 1,434,006 options which may be converted
          into 1,434,006 shares of our common stock. Up to 1,434,006 of such
          options are being registered in this prospectus and are not included
          in the amount of shares owned prior to the offering. Mitchell Stough
          is the beneficial owner. Fort Street Equity, Inc. holds 914,000
          shares; Mitchell Stough owns 750,000 shares and Kellie Stough,
          Mitchell's wife owns 112,500 shares. The shares being registered are
          the 914,000 owned by Fort Street and the 1,434,006 shares of common
          stock underlying the options.
     (3)  Based on 25,870,000 shares issued and outstanding including the
          2,000,000 options and the 3,000,000 shares to be offered hereunder.
     (4)  The beneficial owners who have voting and investment control are John
          Kriedemann and Kathleen Notaras.
     (5)  The beneficial owner who has voting and investment control is Dean
          Harrison.
     (6)  The beneficial owners who have voting and investment control are Mark
          and Beverly Sullivan.
     (7)  The beneficial owners who have voting and investment control are
          Larisa Markiza Olszewaka and Nicole Louise Lawrence.
     (8)  The beneficial owners who have voting and investment control are Peter
          and Heather Kraus.
     (9)  The beneficial owners who have voting and investment control are James
          and Joan Stewart.
     (10) The beneficial owner who has voting and investment control is Warrick
          Prince.
     (11) The beneficial owner who has voting and investment control is Inez
          Hanson.
     (12) The beneficial owner who has voting and investment control is Graham
          Ray.

                         Shares Eligible for Future Sale

As of January 30, 2006, there are no shares of common stock currently issued
and outstanding which are freely tradable without restrictions under the
Securities Act. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, any of our
affiliates and any person (or persons whose sales are aggregated) who has
beneficially owned his or her restricted shares for at least one year, is
entitled to sell in the open market within any three-month period a number of
shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of our then
outstanding shares of common stock, or (ii) the average weekly trading volume in
our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under
Rule 144 also are subject to certain limitations on manner of sale, notice
requirements, and the availability of current public information about us. Our
non-affiliates, who have held their restricted shares for two years are entitled
to all their shares under Rule 144 without regard to any of the above
limitations, provided they have not been affiliates for the three months
preceding such sale.

Shares held by shareholders who were promoters or affiliates of the blank check
company even after a merger with us, may not be sold in reliance on Rule 144.

We are not quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board. Following this
offering, no predictions can be made of the effect, if any, of future public
sales of restricted securities or the availability of restricted securities for
sale in the public market. Moreover, we cannot predict the number of shares of
our common stock that may be sold in the future pursuant to Rule 144 because
such sales will depend on, among other factors, the market price of our common
stock and the individual circumstances of the holders thereof. The availability
for sale of substantial amounts of our common stock under rule 144 could
adversely affect prevailing market prices for our securities.

                                       62


                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

The offering of a maximum of 3,000,000 of our common shares is being made on a
self-underwritten basis by us through Mark Poulsen and Prins Ralston, our
officers and director who will not be paid any commission or other compensation
and without the use of securities brokers.

Currently, we have not established an underwriting arrangement for the sale of
these shares. Messrs. Poulsen and Ralston will be the only persons that will
conduct the direct public offering. They intend to offer and sell the shares in
the primary offering through their business and personal contacts. There is a
possibility that no proceeds will be raised or that if any proceeds are raised,
they may not be sufficient to cover the cost of the offering.

Messrs. Poulsen and Ralston are the only persons that plan to sell our shares of
common stock. They are not registered broker-dealers. They intend to claim
reliance on Exchange Act Rule 3a4-1 which provides an exemption from the
broker-dealer registration requirements of the Exchange Act for persons
associated with an issuer. Specifically, each of them (i) at the time of sale,
will not be subject to a statutory disqualification as that term is defined in
section 3(a)39 of the Securities Act; (ii) will not be compensated in connection
with his participation in the offering by payment of commissions or other
remuneration; at the time of participation in the sale of shares, he will not be
an associated person of a broker or a dealer; (iii) at the time of
participation, will not be an associated person of a broker or dealer; and (iv)
pursuant to Rule 3a4-1(a)(4)(ii), each of them will meet all of the following
requirements: at the end of the offering, they will perform substantial duties
for us, other than in connection with transactions in securities; each of them
was not a broker or dealer, or an associated person of a broker or dealer within
the last 12 months; and each of them has not participated in, or does not intend
to participate in, selling an offering of securities for any issuer more than
once every 12 months other than in reliance on paragraph(a)(4)(i) or (iii) of
Rule 3a4-1.

Our Selling Security Holders may offer their shares during our offering. The
Selling Security Holders may sell some or all of their shares immediately after
they are registered. There is no restriction on the Selling Security Holders to
address the negative effect on the price of your shares due to the concurrent
primary and secondary offering. In the event that the Selling Security Holders
sell some or all of their shares, which could occur while we are still selling
shares directly to investors in this offering, trading prices for the shares
could fall below the offering price of the shares. In such event, we may be
unable to sell all of the shares to investors, which would negatively impact the
offering. As a result, our planned operations may suffer from inadequate working
capital.

The selling stockholders will sell their common stock at $1.50 per until our
shares of common stock are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board (or any other
recognized exchange). Thereafter, the selling stockholders may sell their shares
at prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices. Based on this, the
purchasers in this offering may be receiving an illiquid security.

The selling option holder shares may be sold or distributed from time to time by
the selling optionholder or by pledges, donees or transferees of, or successors
in interest to, the selling optionholder, directly to one or more purchasers
(including pledges) or through brokers, dealers or underwriters who may act
solely as agents or may acquire shares as principals, at market prices
prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market
prices, at negotiated prices or at fixed prices, which may be changed. The
distribution of the shares may be effected in one or more of the following
methods:

     o    ordinary brokers transactions, which may include long or short sales,

     o    transactions involving cross or block trades on any securities or
          market where our common stock is trading,

     o    purchases by brokers, dealers or underwriters as principal and resale
          by such purchasers for their own accounts pursuant to this prospectus,
          "at the market" to or through market makers or into an existing market
          for the common stock,

     o    in other ways not involving market makers or established trading
          markets, including direct sales to purchasers or sales effected
          through agents,

     o    through transactions in options, swaps or other derivatives (whether
          exchange listed or otherwise), or

     o    any combination of the foregoing, or by any other legally available
          means.

                                       63


In addition, the selling stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with
broker-dealers who may engage in short sales, if short sales were permitted, of
shares in the course of hedging the positions they assume with the selling
stockholders. The selling stockholders may also enter into option or other
transactions with broker-dealers that require the delivery by such
broker-dealers of the shares, which shares may be resold thereafter pursuant to
this prospectus.

Brokers, dealers, underwriters or agents participating in the distribution of
the shares may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or
commissions from the selling stockholders and/or the purchasers of shares for
whom such broker-dealers may act as agent or to whom they may sell as principal,
or both (which compensation as to a particular broker-dealer may be in excess of
customary commissions). The selling stockholders and any broker-dealers acting
in connection with the sale of the shares hereunder may be deemed to be
underwriters within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act of 1933,
and any commissions received by them and any profit realized by them on the
resale of shares as principals may be deemed underwriting compensation under the
Securities Act of 1933. Neither the selling stockholders nor we can presently
estimate the amount of such compensation. We know of no existing arrangements
between the selling stockholders and any other stockholder, broker, dealer,
underwriter or agent relating to the sale or distribution of the shares.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of the Selling
Security Holders pursuant to this prospectus. We have agreed to bear the
expenses of the registration of the shares, including legal and accounting fees,
and such expenses are estimated to be approximately $126,000.

We have informed the Selling Security Holders that certain anti-manipulative
rules contained in Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 may
apply to their sales in the market and have furnished the selling stockholders
with a copy of such rules and have informed them of the need for delivery of
copies of this prospectus. The selling stockholders may also use Rule 144 under
the Securities Act of 1933 to sell the shares if they meet the criteria and
conform to the requirements of such rule.

                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

On September 14, 2004, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of
Subsidiary from Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. in
exchange for 15,000,000 shares of our common stock and 1,000,000 shares of our
Series "A" preferred stock which were issued to Mark A. Poulsen and to Mark
Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, consulting
fees were accrued in the amount of $112,500 to Messrs. Mitchell Stough and Kevin
Murray for services rendered in connection with the completion of the
transaction under separate letter agreements executed with Mr. Mark A. Poulsen,
as principal stockholder of the Company. Mark A. Poulsen subsequently
transferred the following common shares in reliance on the exemption from
registration provided by Section 4(1) of the Securities Act of 1933:

         Sandra L. Wendt (employee)                             100,000
         Brenda Head (former employee)                           25,000
         Jim Cooper (former employee)                            25,000
         Tony Head & Associates Pty Ltd. (director)             250,000
         Andrew Flannigan (former employee)                      30,000
         Evan Kalaitzis (independent contractor)                 10,000
                                                             ----------
         Total                                                  440,000
                                                             ==========

In addition, Mark A. Poulsen transferred shares to the following persons and
corporations in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section
4(1) of the Securities Act of 1933:

         Donald Howell Wild                                      40,000
         L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd.                        500,000
         Kellie Stough                                          112,500
         Louise Murray                                          112,500
                                                             ----------
         Total                                                  765,000
                                                             ==========

The shares transferred by Mr. Poulsen are exempt from registration pursuant to
the "section 4(1-1/2)" exemption. Under this exemption, where the sale of
securities does not amount to a distribution (i.e., a public offering under
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933), restricted securities or control
securities may be resold in private transactions in reliance upon Section 4(1),
regardless of the amount of securities sold and the period of time during which
seller had held the securities.

                                       64


Mr. Poulsen's transfer of FFB's shares fall within the "section 4(1-1/2)"
exemption because such transfers were private and thus did not amount to a
distribution, or public offering under Section 4(2). Generally, the sale of
securities is regarded as private when the purchasers are "able to fend for
themselves." SEC v. Ralston Purina Co., 346 U.S. 119 (1953). More specifically,
a sale will be regarded as private when (i) the number of persons acquiring such
securities is small; (ii) the persons acquiring such securities are
sophisticated; (iii) the persons acquiring such securities had access to basic
information relevant to the decision to purchase the securities being offered;
and, (iv) the persons acquiring such shares had the necessary investment intent.

In this case, Mr. Poulsen transferred his shares to ten (10) transferees. Such
transferees were sophisticated in that they were capable of evaluating the risks
associated with the transaction. In addition, information about FFB was made
available to the transferees at the time of the transactions. Please note that
the SB-2 had not been formulated at the time such transfers took place. Eight
out of the ten transferees' relationship to the company have been noted in the
SB-2 as being either directors, employees, licensees or contractors to the
company. The other two transferees were spouses of persons related to the
company. As such all transferees had access to company and financial
information. Furthermore, such transferees had the necessary investment intent
when they accepted the transfer of the shares.

Because the transfer of the shares by Mr. Poulsen did not amount to a
distribution, the transactions are exempt from registration under the Securities
Act.

On September 14, 2004, an advance to us of $7,500 by a former director, Wayne
Hoskins, was satisfied by the issuance of 15,000 shares of our common stock
provided personally by Mark Poulsen, our officer and director.

On September 14, 2004, accrued consulting services of $20,000 for Donald Howell
Wild was satisfied by the issuance of 40,000 shares of common stock provided
personally by Mark Poulsen, our officer and director.

On August 25, 2004, Subsidiary entered into a License Agreement (the
"Agreement") with L.R. Global Marketing Pty Ltd. ("L.R. Global"), an Australian
Corporation acting as trustee for Fit For Business Australia/New Zealand Trust
(the "trust"). The principals of L.R. Global Marketing Pty Ltd are Laraine
Richardson and Dianne Waghorne, and the beneficiaries of the trust are Laraine
Richardson and Dianne Waghorne. The principals of L.R. Global Marketing Pty Ltd.
and the beneficiaries of the trust being the same persons are not related to the
Company, or to Australia, or to its officers and directors except as described
herein. Under the terms of the Agreement, L.R. Global has been granted a
non-assignable license to represent Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited
within Australia and New Zealand for a term of ten (10) years in consideration
for the payment of a licensing fee in the amount of USD $500,000. Pursuant to
the terms of the Agreement, L.R. Global may use the Company's logo our web based
management information system, marketing and promotional literature, processes,
systems, intellectual property and attend FFBI events, for the purpose of
generating new customers for the Company and for training Account Executives and
Customer Service Representatives. Subsequent to the share exchange transaction
of Sept 14, 2004, Mark A. Poulsen transferred 500,000 common shares to L.R.
Global. To date, L.R. Global has paid USD $124,750 and we agreed to extend until
May 31, 2005 the deadline for the payment of the balance of the amount owing to
us. In June 2005, L.R. Global paid us $7,000 and executed an amended license
agreement. The amended License agreement provides for final payment of the
balance of the license fee within 60 days after our stock is quoted on the OTC
Bulletin Board. In addition, the principals of L.R. Global, Laraine Richardson
and Dianne Waghorne, executed personal guarantees for the balance of the
outstanding license fee.

On September 21, 2004, Subsidiary entered into a contract with Insource Pty.
Ltd. for software services pertaining to the development of certain computerized
systems for customer service, administration, and information reporting
purposes. The contract price for the software development services amounted to
approximately $30,500, which was subsequently increased by approximately
$10,000, and the estimated duration of the contract term was 14 weeks. Further,
under the terms of the contract, a down payment of $3,500 was to be made,
followed by weekly progress payments of approximately $1,930. The estimated term
of the contract was subsequently extended to the end of June 2005, and certain
additional features were added to the computerized systems applications. We have
classified the asset that has been developed through September 30, 2005,
amounting to $39,981, as "Developed software applications" in our financial
statements. Mr. Evan Kalaitzis, a Director of Insource Pty. Ltd., is our
stockholder.

                                       65


Mitchell Stough is the principal of Fort Street Equity Inc. ("Fort Street").
Kellie Stough, the spouse of Mitchell Stough holds 112,500 shares of our common
stock. The shares were transferred to Kellie Stough by Mark Poulsen in
consideration for consulting services by Mitchell Stough provided to Subsidiary.
In addition, Fort Street Equity Inc. holds 914,000 common shares, and Mitchell
Stough holds a further 750,000 shares.

Fort Street Equity, Inc. has sold 100,000 options to the Ralston Superannuation
Fund, for $19,008. The beneficiaries of the Ralston Superannuation fund include
our Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Prins Ralston. Fort
Street Equity, Inc. has sold 277,576 options to Therese Mulherin, for $60,240.
Therese Mulherin is currently employed by us in a part time administrative
capacity. Fort Street Equity, Inc. has sold 13,420 options to Sandra L. Wendt,
for $2,280. Sandra L. Wendt is our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

Mark A. Poulsen also transferred 40,000 shares to Mr. Donald Wild. Mr. Wild has
assisted Subsidiary in raising capital and has also purchased convertible
promissory notes ($10,000).

We presently share office rent and other common area costs under an agreement
with Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd. Mr. Poulsen is one of our officers
and directors.

Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. is a company which Mark A. Poulsen is a
Director of and through which he runs his Herbalife distributorship. Herbalife
runs a network marketing system. Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. directly
receives 5% commission from Herbalife, dependant on the volume of the
nutritional products sold through distributors who have been sponsored by Mark
A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. directly or indirectly through distributors in
his network. Sales for the last 3 financial years from July 1, 2002 to June 30,
2005, totaled $7,657. The total commission paid to Mark A. Poulsen & Associates
Pty. Ltd. from Herbalife Ltd. for such sales amounted to $386.

Currently, Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. has 21 distributors that it
has sponsored under the Herbalife networking systems that are signed up as
independent FFBI account executives (16) and customer service representatives
(5). As such Mark A. Poulsen should receive some distribution of dividends or
income from Mark A. Poulsen and Associates Pty. Ltd. that have resulted from
commissions paid to Mark A. Poulsen and Associates Pty. Ltd. from Herbalife as a
result of nutritional products sold by FFBI's independent account executives and
customers service representatives. This is a conflict of interest and may result
in his allegiance being swayed.

Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. is an Australian private entity and a
shareholder. It is wholly owned by Mark A. Poulsen, our President and Chief
Executive Officer. See the table below for amounts owed by the Company.

Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd. is an Australian private company and stockholder
of the Company owned by Mark A. Poulsen, our President and Chief Executive
Officer, and Karen Poulsen, his wife. The purpose of this company is to hold
investments for Mr. and Mrs. Poulsen. See the table below for amounts owed by
(due to) the Company.

Mark A. and Karen Poulsen incur expenses on behalf of the Company from time to
time. Mark A. Poulsen is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company. See the table below for amounts owed by the Company.

Mr. GL Ray is a shareholder of FFBI. Mr. Ray has provided a working capital loan
to the Company as described in the table below.

For the amounts due to (from) related parties in the following table, all of the
related party transactions presented are for working capital, are non-interest
bearing, and have no terms for repayment.

                                       66




                       Loans Due To (From) Related Parties
                       -----------------------------------

                                  Balance                               Balance                               Balance
                                  June 30,      Loans      Payments     June 30,      Loans      Payments     June 30,
                                   2003        Received      Made        2004        Received      Made        2005
                                 ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------
                                                                                        
Mark A. Poulsen & Associates
 Pty. Ltd.                       $ 132,075    $  11,727   $ (55,541)   $  88,261    $  71,291   $(156,291)   $   3,261
Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd.       3,943        1,300     (32,123)     (26,880)      89,029        --         62,149
Mark A. & Karen Poulsen                326           11        --            337          408        --            745
GL Ray                                --           --          --           --          4,991        --          4,991
Wayne Hoskin                        11,341         --        (3,841)       7,500         --        (7,500)        --  (1)
                                 ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------
   Totals                        $ 147,685    $  13,038   $ (91,505)   $  69,218    $ 165,719   $(163,791)   $  71,146
                                 =========    =========   =========    =========    =========   =========    =========

                                                           Balance
                                   Loans      Payments    Sept. 30,
                                  Received      Made        2005
                                 ---------   ---------    ---------
Mark A. Poulsen & Associates
 Pty. Ltd.                       $   5,553   $    --      $   8,814
Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd.        --       (15,364)      46,785
Mark A. & Karen Poulsen               --          --            745
GL Ray                                --          --          4,991
Wayne Hoskin                          --          --           --
                                 ---------   ---------    ---------
   Totals                        $   5,553   $ (15,364)   $  61,335
                                 =========   =========    =========


(1)   The amount owed to Mr. Hoskin was paid with the issuance of 15,000 shares
      of common stock provided by Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive
      Office of the Company, from shares obtained under the Exchange Agreement.

Donald Howell Wild, a former note holder and current stockholder, is the uncle
of Linda Wild, also a former note holder and current stockholder. In addition,
Mr. Wild is the father of Laraine Richardson, a principal in L.R. Global
Marketing Pty. Ltd., which entity entered into a License Agreement us on August
24, 2004. Mr. Wild also assisted us with the private placement of the notes by
marketing the placement, and was responsible for the subscription agreements of
several note holders. Mr. Wild's services were valued at $20,000. The liability
to Mr. Wild was satisfied by the transfer of 40,000 shares of our common stock
directly to him from the shares received from the Exchange Agreement by Mark A.
Poulsen, at a value of $.50 per share. We credited paid-in capital for the value
of the accrued liability satisfied by Mr. Poulsen.

We completed a private placement of promissory notes to thirty individuals and
entities and received proceeds of $365,000. The noteholders subsequently
converted the promissory notes to 870,000 shares of our common stock. Of the
thirty individuals and entities that subscribed to the private placement
offering, twelve parties are considered both account executives (part of our
independent marketing group) and independent Herbalife distributors, and six of
the parties are only independent Herbalife distributors. Mark A. Poulsen is also
an independent Herbalife distributor.

On November 25, 2005, Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd., a related party entity,
loaned $33,273 to us. The amount loaned was for working capital purposes,
is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment. Kamaneal Investments
Pty. Ltd. is an Australian private company and stockholder of the Company
owned by Mark A. Poulsen, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Karen
Poulsen, his wife. The purpose of this company is to hold investments for Mr.
and Mrs. Poulsen.

                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following is a summary description of our capital stock and certain
provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, copies of which have
been incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of
which this prospectus forms a part. The following discussion is qualified in its
entirety by reference to such exhibits.

Common Stock

We are presently authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of $.001 par value
common stock. As of January 30, 2006, we had 20,870,000 shares of common stock
outstanding. The holders of our common stock are entitled to equal dividends and
distributions when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors from funds
legally available therefore. No holder of any shares of common stock has a

                                       67


preemptive right to subscribe for any of our securities, nor are any common
shares subject to redemption or convertible into other of our securities, except
for outstanding options described above. Upon liquidation, dissolution or
winding up, and after payment of creditors and preferred stockholders, if any,
the assets will be divided pro-rata on a share-for-share basis among the holders
of the shares of common stock. Each share of common stock is entitled to one
vote with respect to the election of any director or any other matter upon which
shareholders are required or permitted to vote. Holders of our common stock do
not have cumulative voting rights, so the holders of more than 50% of the
combined shares voting for the election of directors may elect all of the
directors if they choose to do so, and, in that event, the holders of the
remaining shares will not be able to elect any members to the Board of
Directors.

Preferred Stock

We are authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of $.001 par value preferred
stock. As of January 30, 2006, we have issued 1,000,000 preferred shares to
Mark Poulsen. Each of the preferred shares carry no dividend rights, no
liquidation rights, no pre-emptive rights, no conversion rights and no
redemption rights but carry 50 votes in general and special meetings. The
remaining 9,000,000 preferred shares have not been issued. Under our Certificate
of Incorporation, the Board of Directors will have the power, without further
action by the holders of the common stock, to designate the relative rights and
preferences of the preferred stock, and to issue the preferred stock in one or
more series as designated by the Board of Directors. The designation of rights
and preferences could include preferences as to liquidation, redemption and
conversion rights, voting rights, dividends or other preferences, any of which
may be dilutive of the interest of the holders of the common stock or the
preferred stock of any other series. The issuance of preferred stock may have
the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company without
further shareholder action and may adversely affect the rights and powers,
including voting rights, of the holders of common stock. In certain
circumstances, the issuance of preferred stock could depress the market price of
the common stock.

On July 25, 2004, we issued a total of 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity,
Inc. We are registering 1,434,006 of these options owned by Fort Street Equity
under this prospectus. Each option provides the option holder the right to
purchase one share of our common stock at the greater of:

     (1) a 40% discount from the average closing bid price of our common stock
     on a public exchange during the 10 trading days immediately prior to the
     exercise of the option or

     (2) $0.50 per share. The options can be exercised at any time until
     December 31, 2005. We have recently extended the exercise period until
     March 31, 2006. To date, no options have been exercised.

Subsequent to July 25, 2004, Fort Street Equity, Inc., acting as an underwriter,
has sold 50,000 options to Bruce Gilling, 100,000 options to the Ralston
Superannuation Fund, 277,576 options to Therese Mulherin, 66,666 options to Mark
Hoey, 16,666 options to the Kelly Superannuation Fund, 13,420 options to Sandra
L. Wendt, 16,666 options to Keith Appleby, and 25,000 options to Neil Wendt.

                CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
                       ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

During the three most recent fiscal years including the period ended September
30, 2005, there have been no disagreements with Davis Accounting Group P.C., our
independent auditor, on any matter of accounting principles or practices,
financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure.

                                 TRANSFER AGENT

The transfer agent for our common stock is Standard Transfer & Trust Co., Inc.,
2980 S. Rainbow Blvd., Suite 220H Las Vegas, NV 89146.

                                     EXPERTS

The financial statements included in this prospectus have been audited by Davis
Accounting Group, P.C., independent auditors, as stated in their report
appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement (which report
expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph referring
to our recurring losses from operations which raise substantial doubt about our
ability to continue as a going concern), and have been so included in reliance
upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in
accounting and auditing.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our common shares offered will be passed upon for us by Anslow &
Jaclin, LLP, Manalapan, New Jersey 07726.

                                       68



                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                      INDEX TO INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)


Financial Statements-

   Restated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2005...........................F-2

   Restated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) for the
     Three Months Ended September 30, 2005, and 2004, and Cumulative
     from Inception..........................................................F-3

   Restated Statement of Stockholders' (Deficit) for the Period from
     Inception Through September 30, 2005....................................F-4

   Restated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended
     September 30, 2005, and 2004, and Cumulative from Inception.............F-5

   Notes to Financial Statements for the Three Months Ended
     September 30, 2005, and 2004, and Cumulative from Inception.............F-7






                                      F-1


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                     RESTATED BALANCE SHEET (NOTES 2 AND 3)
                            AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2005
                                   (Unaudited)

                                     ASSETS
                                                                       2005
                                                                   -----------
Current Assets:
  Cash on hand and in bank                                         $     4,564
  Accounts Receivable-
      License fee                                                      375,250
  Inventory                                                              3,195
                                                                   -----------
         Total current assets                                          383,009
                                                                   -----------
Property and Equipment:
  Web site development costs                                             7,907
  Office and computer equipment                                          1,809
  Furniture and fixtures                                                   182
  Developed software applications                                       39,981
                                                                   -----------
                                                                        49,879
  Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization                      (7,372)
                                                                   -----------
         Net property and equipment                                     42,507
                                                                   -----------
Other Assets:
  Trademark                                                                228
  Less - Accumulated amortization                                         (160)
  Deferred offering costs                                              118,193
                                                                   -----------
         Total other assets                                            118,261
                                                                   -----------
Total Assets                                                       $   543,777
                                                                   ===========
                     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)

Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable - Trade                                         $    75,558
  Accrued liabilities                                                   75,314
  Loans from related parties                                            61,335
  Deferred revenue - License fee                                       500,000
                                                                   -----------
         Total current liabilities                                     712,207
                                                                   -----------
Promissory Notes and Accrued Interest Subject to Rescission:
  Promissory notes - Fort Street Equity, Inc., 5% per annum, due
      December 31, 2009, and accrued interest                          128,019
                                                                   -----------
Total Liabilities                                                      840,226
                                                                   -----------
Commitments and Contingencies

Stockholders' (Deficit):
  Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; 10,000,000 shares
      authorized; 1,000,000 shares issued and outstanding                1,000
  Common stock, par value $.001, 100,000,000 shares
      authorized; 20,870,000 shares issued and outstanding              20,870
  Additional paid-in capital                                           771,733
  Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)                               (37,726)
  (Deficit) accumulated during the development stage                (1,052,326)
                                                                   -----------
         Total stockholders' (deficit)                                (296,449)
                                                                   -----------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' (Deficit)                      $   543,777
                                                                   ===========

                 The accompanying notes to financial statements
                   are an integral part of this balance sheet.

                                      F-2




                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
           RESTATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS)
         FOR THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004,
                AND CUMULATIVE FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998)
                   THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 (NOTES 2 AND 3)
                                   (Unaudited)

                                                                        Three Months Ended
                                                                           September 30,            Cumulative
                                                                   ----------------------------        From
                                                                       2005            2004          Inception
                                                                   ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                                                          
Revenues:
  Sales of products and services                                   $      2,870    $      1,884    $     22,216
                                                                   ------------    ------------    ------------
              Total revenues                                              2,870           1,884          22,216
                                                                   ------------    ------------    ------------
Cost of Goods Sold:
  Cost of goods sold                                                        893             737           8,916
                                                                   ------------    ------------    ------------
Gross Profit (Loss)                                                       1,977           1,147          13,300
                                                                   ------------    ------------    ------------
Expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative-
     Wages, compensation and related taxes                               36,537          23,361         365,717
     Legal, accounting and consulting fees                                8,529         140,401         244,508
     Compensation - Issuance of employee stock options                   54,751            --            54,751
     Advertising and promotion                                              103          10,875          40,317
     Depreciation and amortization                                        2,177             435           7,005
     Write-off of deferred offering costs                                  --              --            79,685
     Office rent and common area costs                                    4,260            --            20,431
     Training and development                                               681            --            26,154
     Travel, meals and lodging                                            1,759           7,241          35,014
     Other                                                               12,213           7,407         170,906
     Realized foreign exchange adjustments                                 (185)         36,683           6,237
                                                                   ------------    ------------    ------------
              Total selling, general and administrative expenses        120,825         226,403       1,050,725
                                                                   ------------    ------------    ------------
(Loss) from Operations                                                 (118,848)       (225,256)     (1,037,425)
Other Income (Expense)                                                   (1,335)         (5,696)        (14,901)
Provision for income taxes                                                 --              --              --
                                                                   ------------    ------------    ------------
Net (Loss)                                                         $   (120,183)   $   (230,952)   $ (1,052,326)
                                                                   ------------    ------------    ------------
Comprehensive (Loss):
  Australian currency translation                                           505          (6,209)        (37,726)
                                                                   ------------    ------------    ------------
Total Comprehensive (Loss)                                         $   (119,678)   $   (237,161)   $ (1,090,052)
                                                                   ============    ============    ============
(Loss) Per Common Share:
  (Loss) per common share - Basic and Diluted                      $      (0.01)   $      (0.01)
                                                                   ============    ============
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares
  Outstanding - Basic and Diluted                                    20,870,000      20,013,973
                                                                   ============    ============


               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                      an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-3




                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
          RESTATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) (NOTES 2 AND 3)
               FOR THE PERIODS FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998)
                           THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2005
                                   (Unaudited)


                                                        Preferred Stock                 Common stock
                                                  ---------------------------   ---------------------------
               Description                           Shares         Amount         Shares         Amount
-----------------------------------------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                                   
Balance - December 14, 1998                               --     $       --             --     $       --
Australian currency translation                           --             --             --             --
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --             --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 1999                                   --             --             --             --
Australian currency translation                           --             --             --             --
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --             --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2000                                   --             --             --             --
Issuance of common stock for services                     --             --        5,000,000          5,000
Australian currency translation                           --             --             --             --
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --             --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2001                                   --             --        5,000,000          5,000
Australian currency translation                           --             --             --             --
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --             --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2002                                   --             --        5,000,000          5,000
Australian currency translation                           --             --             --             --
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --             --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2003                                   --             --        5,000,000          5,000
Australian currency translation                           --             --             --             --
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --             --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2004                                   --             --        5,000,000          5,000
Stock options issued for cash                             --             --             --             --
Preferred and common stock issued for
   deemed reverse merger with FFB Australia          1,000,000          1,000     15,000,000         15,000
Employee compensation paid by issued shares               --             --             --             --
Loan from former director paid by issued shares           --             --             --             --
Consulting services paid by issued shares                 --             --             --             --
Promissory notes converted to common stock                --             --          870,000            870
Australian currency translation                           --             --             --             --
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --             --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2005                              1,000,000          1,000     20,870,000         20,870
Compensation from stock options issued by
   principal stockholder                                  --             --             --             --
Australian currency translation                           --             --             --             --
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --             --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - September 30, 2005                         1,000,000   $      1,000     20,870,000   $     20,870
                                                  ============   ============   ============   ============

                                                                                  (Deficit)
                                                                  Accumulated    Accumulated
                                                   Additional        Other        During the
                                                     Paid-in     Comprehensive   Development
                                                     Capital        (Loss)          Stage         Totals
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - December 14, 1998                       $       --     $       --     $       --     $       --
Australian currency translation                           --             (534)          --             (534)
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --          (16,960)       (16,960)
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 1999                                   --             (534)       (16,960)       (17,494)
Australian currency translation                           --            7,472           --            7,472
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --         (138,322)      (138,322)
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2000                                   --            6,938       (155,282)      (148,344)
Issuance of common stock for services                     --             --           (5,000)          --
Australian currency translation                           --           25,453           --           25,453
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --          (53,529)       (53,529)
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2001                                   --           32,391       (213,811)      (176,420)
Australian currency translation                           --          (20,804)          --          (20,804)
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --          (32,584)       (32,584)
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2002                                   --           11,587       (246,395)      (229,808)
Australian currency translation                           --          (45,554)          --          (45,554)
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --          (24,176)       (24,176)
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2003                                   --          (33,967)      (270,571)      (299,538)
Australian currency translation                           --           (6,119)          --           (6,119)
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --         (130,264)      (130,264)
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2004                                   --          (40,086)      (400,835)      (435,921)
Stock options issued for cash                           10,000           --             --           10,000
Preferred and common stock issued for
   deemed reverse merger with FFB Australia            (30,950)          --            5,000         (9,950)
Employee compensation paid by issued shares            220,000           --             --          220,000
Loan from former director paid by issued shares          7,500           --             --            7,500
Consulting services paid by issued shares              132,500           --             --          132,500
Promissory notes converted to common stock             377,932           --             --          378,802
Australian currency translation                           --            1,855           --            1,855
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --         (536,308)      (536,308)
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2005                                716,982        (38,231)      (932,143)      (231,522)
Compensation from stock options issued by
   principal stockholder                                54,751           --             --           54,751
Australian currency translation                           --              505           --              505
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --         (120,183)      (120,183)
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - September 30, 2005                      $    771,733   $    (37,726)  $ (1,052,326)  $   (296,449)
                                                  ============   ============   ============   ============


               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                      an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-4




                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                RESTATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (NOTES 2 AND 3)
         FOR THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004,
                AND CUMULATIVE FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998)
                           THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2005
                                   (Unaudited)
                                                                          Three Months Ended
                                                                            September 30,           Cumulative
                                                                     --------------------------       From
                                                                         2005           2004        Inception
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                                          
Operating Activities:
  Net (loss)                                                         $  (120,183)   $  (230,952)   $(1,052,326)
  Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) to net cash
    (used in) operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                                         2,165            560          7,532
     Write-off of deferred offering costs                                   --             --           77,000
     Employee compensation paid by issued shares                            --           23,384        220,000
     Consulting services paid by issued shares                              --          132,500        132,500
     Compensation - Issuance of employee stock options                    54,751           --           54,751
     Interest on promissory notes converted to paid-in capital              --            5,698         13,801
       Changes in net assets and liabilities-
         Accounts receivable                                                --           70,430        124,750
         Inventory                                                             7         (2,863)        (3,195)
         Accounts payable - trade                                         23,516           (457)        75,558
         Accrued liabilities and other                                   (14,128)        42,349         75,314
         Accrued interest subject to rescission                            1,491           --            1,491
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities                      (52,381)        40,649       (272,824)
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
Investing Activities:
  Purchases of property and equipment                                          5             (8)        (1,991)
  Payment for Australian trademark                                          --               (8)          (228)
  Expenditures for web site development costs                             (2,954)          (172)        (7,907)
  Expenditures for software development in progress                           90         (6,516)       (39,981)
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
Net Cash (Used in) Investing Activities                                   (2,859)        (6,704)       (50,107)
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
Financing Activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes                               --          180,000        365,000
  Checks in excess of bank balance                                        (1,608)          --             --
  Proceeds from loans - related parties                                    5,553         81,015        349,877
  Payments on loans - related parties                                    (15,364)       (83,868)      (288,541)
  Proceeds from loan - former director                                      --             --            7,500
  Proceeds from issuance of promissory notes subject to rescission        92,478           --          126,528
  Payments of deferred offering costs                                    (25,440)       (30,100)      (195,193)
  Proceeds from issuance of capital stock                                   --             --               50
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities                                 55,619        147,047        365,221
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash                                      505         (6,209)       (37,726)
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash                                              884        174,783          4,564

Cash - Beginning of Period                                                 3,680            136           --
                                                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
Cash - End of Period                                                 $     4,564    $   174,919    $     4,564
                                                                     ===========    ===========    ===========

               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                      an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-5


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
               RESTATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (NOTES 2 AND 3)
        FOR THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004,
               AND CUMULATIVE FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998)
                           THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2005
                                  (Unaudited)


Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
  Cash paid during the period for:
       Interest                                                      $      --      $      --      $       199
                                                                     ===========    ===========    ===========
       Income taxes                                                  $      --      $      --      $      --
                                                                     ===========    ===========    ===========


Supplemental Information of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:

      On September 14, 2004, the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement with
      FFB Australia whereby FFBI acquired all of the issued and outstanding
      capital stock of FFB Australia (81 shares) in exchange for 15,000,000
      shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock of the
      Company. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, the stockholders of FFB
      Australia control FFBI, and FFB Australia has been deemed to have effected
      a reverse merger for financial reporting purposes. The deemed reverse
      merger has been recorded as a recapitalization of the Company, with the
      net assets of FFBI and FFB Australia brought forward at their historical
      bases.

      On September 20, 2004, the Company issued 420,000 shares of common stock
      with value of $140,000 in connection with the conversion of certain Notes
      and accrued interest.

      On September 29, 2004, the Company issued 450,000 shares of common stock
      with a value of $225,000 in connection with the conversion of the
      remainder of the Notes and accrued interest.

      On September 14, 2004, accrued employee compensation of $220,000 was
      satisfied with the issuance 440,000 shares of common stock provided
      personally by an officer and director of the Company.

      On September 14, 2004, a loan to the Company of $7,500 by a former
      director was satisfied with the issuance of 15,000 shares of common stock
      provided personally by an officer and director of the Company.

      On September 14, 2004, accrued consulting services of $20,000 were
      satisfied with the issuance of 40,000 shares of common stock provided
      personally by an officer and director of the Company.

      On September 14, 2004, accrued consulting services of $112,500 were
      satisfied with the issuance of 225,000 shares of common stock provided
      personally by an officer and director of the Company.

      During the three months ended September 30, 2005, a principal stockholder
      of the Company issued 290,996 stock options to purchase a like number of
      shares of common stock to two employees of the Company. The value of the
      stock options issued amounted to $54,751 which was recorded as a charge to
      operations as employee compensation, with a corresponding increase in
      additional paid-in capital.



                The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                      an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-6


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

(1)      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

   Basis of Presentation and Organization

Fit For Business International, Inc. ("FFBI" or the "Company") is a Nevada
corporation in the development stage of providing products and services for: (i)
corporate wellness programs which address business productivity, stress and
absenteeism issues; (ii) living well programs directed primarily, but not
exclusively, to individuals over 45 years of age; and, (iii) nutritional
supplements manufactured and supplied by Herbalife Ltd. ("Herbalife"). The
accompanying financial statements of FFBI were prepared from the accounts of the
Company under the accrual basis of accounting in United States dollars. In
addition, the accompanying financial statements reflect the completion of a
deemed reverse merger between FFBI and Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited
("FFB Australia"), which was effected on September 14, 2004.

Prior to the completion of the deemed reverse merger, FFBI was a dormant
corporation with no assets or operations (essentially since its organization on
May 30, 2001, and incorporation on July 31, 2001). The Company was originally
incorporated under the name of Elli Tsab, Inc. On April 7, 2004, the name of the
Company was changed to Patient Data Corporation. On January 13, 2005, the name
of the Company was again changed to Fit For Business International, Inc. in
order to better reflect the current business plan.

FFB Australia was organized as an Australian private company on December 14,
1998, and subsequently began certain marketing studies and corporate awareness
programs to obtain customers for its products and services. In October 2003, FFB
Australia initiated a capital formation activity through the private placement
of certain convertible promissory notes which provided, through September 14,
2004, proceeds of $365,000. Subsequent to the completion of the deemed reverse
merger, the liability associated with the convertible promissory notes was
assumed by the Company. Thereafter, all of the promissory notes were converted
into shares of common stock of FFBI.

In addition, in November 2003, FFB Australia commenced a capital formation
activity to effect a deemed reverse merger with a corporation validly organized
in the United States for the purpose of completing a Registration Statement on
Form SB-2 with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), and raising
capital from the issuance of common stock in the public markets of up to $4.5
million. The initial capital formation activity through a deemed reverse merger
and the issuance of common stock was unsuccessful. Subsequently, FFB Australia
completed a deemed reverse merger with the Company, and FFBI is currently
undertaking a second capital formation activity of the same type.

Prior to September 14, 2004, FFB Australia, aside from the capital formation and
marketing activities described above, incurred other development stage operating
costs and expenses related to its organization as an entity, receipt of a
trademark in Australia for the name and related logo of Fit For Business,
formation of a management team, accounting and tax preparation fees, consulting
fees, travel, and other general and administrative expenses. For additional
information relating to the development stage activities of the Company, see
Note 2.

Given that FFB Australia is considered to have acquired FFBI by a deemed reverse
merger through an Exchange Agreement (see Note 5), and its stockholders

                                      F-7


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

currently have voting control of FFBI, the accompanying financial statements and
related disclosures in the notes to financial statements present the financial
position as of September 30, 2005, and the operations for the three-month
periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004, and for the period from inception
(December 14, 1998) through September 30, 2005, of FFB Australia under the name
of FFBI. The deemed reverse merger has been recorded as a recapitalization of
the Company, with the net assets of FFB Australia and FFBI brought forward at
their historical bases. The costs associated with the reverse merger have been
expensed as incurred.

   Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The interim financial statements as of September 30, 2005, for the three-month
periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004, and cumulative from inception are
unaudited. However, in the opinion of management, the interim financial
statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company's financial position as of
September 30, 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the
three-month periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004, and cumulative from
inception. These results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected
for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2006. The accompanying financial statements
and notes thereto do not reflect all disclosures required under accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States. Refer to the Company's
audited financial statements contained in Form SB-2, Amendment 6 dated October
19, 2005, for additional information, including significant accounting policies.

   Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of reporting within the statement of cash flows, the Company
considers all cash on hand, cash accounts not subject to withdrawal restrictions
or penalties, and all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity
of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.

   Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of amounts due from a license agreement, employees
and related parties, and value added tax refunds. The Company establishes an
allowance for doubtful accounts in amounts sufficient to absorb potential losses
on accounts receivable. As of September 30, 2005, and 2004, no allowance for
doubtful accounts was deemed necessary. While management uses the best
information available upon which to base estimates, future adjustments to the
allowance may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the
assumptions used for the purpose of analysis.

   Revenue Recognition

The Company is in the development stage and has yet to realize significant
revenues from planned operations. It has derived revenues principally from the
sale of services related to wellness programs, and the sale of nutritional
products, literature and training materials. The Company has also entered into a
license agreement for Australia and New Zealand which entitles the licensee to
provide a distribution network for the Company, use its logo and software, and
market and promote its products and services. Revenue will be derived over the
term of the license agreement once all terms and conditions have been met.
Revenues are recognized by major categories under the following policies:

                                      F-8


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

For specific wellness program services, such as health risk assessment services,
fitness programs, educational and other programs, and contracts pertaining to
such services, revenue is realized as services are provided. Contracts for
wellness program services are evidenced in writing, and as services are
rendered, invoices for such services are rendered in accordance with contract
terms.

For sales of literature, training materials, and nutritional products, revenue
is realized upon shipment to the customer and there are no unfulfilled company
elements related to a customer's order. Orders for literature, materials and
nutritional products are evidenced in writing on customer and call center order
documents. Payments are provided in cash, check or by credit card at the time
orders are placed with the Company.

For license agreements, revenue is realized from licensing activities related to
various countries and geographic regions, which entitle licensees to provide a
distribution network for the Company, the use of the Company logo, software and
training materials, and the rights to market and promote the services of the
Company. Revenue from such agreements is realized over the term and under the
conditions of each specific license once all contract conditions have been met.
Payments for licensing fees are generally received at the time the license
agreements are executed, unless other terms for delayed payment are documented
and agreed to between the parties. Under terms for delayed payment, the Company
may require further assurances of payment under contract terms such as credit
report information, and entity and personal guarantees.

   Internal Web Site Development Costs

Under Emerging Issues Taskforce Statement 00-2, Accounting for Web Site
Development Costs ("EITF 00-2"), costs and expenses incurred during the planning
and operating stages of the Company's web site are expensed as incurred. Under
EITF 00-2, costs incurred in the web site application and infrastructure
development stages are capitalized by the Company and amortized to expense over
the web site's estimated useful life or period of benefit. As of September 30,
2005, FFBI had capitalized $7,907 related to its web site development.

   Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use

Under Statement of Position 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software
Developed or Obtained for Internal Use ("SOP 98-1"), the Company capitalizes
external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or
obtained internal-use computer software; payroll and payroll-related costs for
employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to the
internal-use computer software project; and, interest costs related to loans
incurred for the development of internal-use software. As of September 30, 2005,
the Company had capitalized $39,981 for projects related to the development of
internal-use software.

   Costs of Computer Software to be Sold or Otherwise Marketed

Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, Accounting for the
Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed ("SFAS
86"), the Company capitalizes costs associated with the development of certain
training software products held for sale when technological feasibility is
established. Capitalized computer software costs of products held for sale are
amortized over the useful life of the products from the software release date.

                                      F-9


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

As of September 30, 2005, the Company had not undertaken any projects related to
the development of software products held for sale or to be otherwise marketed.

   Trademark

The Company obtained a trademark from the government of Australia effective
October 15, 1999. The trademark covers the name "Fit For Business" and the logo
of the Company. The cost of obtaining the trademark has been capitalized by the
Company, and is being amortized over a period of ten years.

   Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred, except for television
or magazine advertisements, which are charged to expense when the advertising
first takes place. For the periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004,
advertising costs amounted to $103 and $10,875, respectively.

   Property and Equipment

The components of property and equipment are stated at cost. Property and
equipment costs are depreciated or amortized for financial reporting purposes
over the useful lives of the related assets by the straight-line method. Useful
lives utilized by the Company for calculating depreciation or amortization are
as follows:

         Computer and office equipment               5 years
         Furniture and fixtures                     10 years
         Internal web site development costs         3 years
         Developed Software                          5 years

Upon disposition of an asset, its cost and related accumulated depreciation or
amortization are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is
recognized.

   Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of
("SFAS 121"), the Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets and
the related estimated remaining lives at each balance sheet date. The Company
records an impairment or change in useful life whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable or the
useful life has changed.

   Loss Per Common Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to the
common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock
outstanding during the period. Fully diluted loss per share is computed similar
to basic loss per share except that the denominator is increased to include the
number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the
potential common shares had been issued and if the additional common shares were
dilutive.

                                      F-10


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

   Deferred Offering Costs

The Company defers as other assets the direct incremental costs of raising
capital until such time as the offering is completed. At the time of the
completion of the offering, the costs are charged against the capital raised.
Should the offering be terminated, deferred offering costs are charged to
operations during the period in which the offering is terminated (see Note 5).

   Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company presents comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income ("SFAS
130"). SFAS 130 states that all items that are required to be recognized under
accounting standards as components of comprehensive income (loss) be reported in
the financial statements. For the periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004,
and cumulative from inception (December 14, 1998) through September 30, 2005,
the only components of comprehensive income (loss) were the net (loss) for the
periods, and the foreign currency translation adjustments.

   Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to SFAS No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes ("SFAS 109"). Under SFAS 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities
are determined based on temporary differences between the bases of certain
assets and liabilities for income tax and financial reporting purposes. The
deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified according to the financial
statement classification of the assets and liabilities generating the
differences.

The Company maintains a valuation allowance with respect to deferred tax assets.
The Company establishes a valuation allowance based upon the potential
likelihood of realizing the deferred tax asset and taking into consideration the
Company's financial position and results of operations for the current period.
Future realization of the deferred tax benefit depends on the existence of
sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period under the Federal tax
laws.

Changes in circumstances, such as the Company generating taxable income, could
cause a change in judgment about the realizability of the related deferred tax
asset. Any change in the valuation allowance will be included in income in the
year of the change in estimate.

   Foreign Currency Translation

The Company accounts for foreign currency translation pursuant to SFAS No. 52,
Foreign Currency Translation ("SFAS 52"). The Company's functional currency is
the Australian dollar. All assets and liabilities are translated into United
States dollars using the current exchange rate at the end of each fiscal period.
Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing
throughout the respective periods. Translation adjustments are included in other
comprehensive income (loss) for the period. Certain transactions of the Company

                                      F-11


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

are denominated in United States dollars. Translation gains or losses related to
such transactions are recognized for each reporting period in the related
statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

   Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company estimates the fair value of financial instruments using the
available market information and valuation methods. Considerable judgment is
required in estimating fair value. Accordingly, the estimates of fair value may
not be indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market
exchange. As of September 30, 2005, the Company did not have any financial
instruments requiring the estimate of fair value.

   Stock-Based Compensation

The Company uses the fair value method to account for non-employee stock-based
compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation ("SFAS No. 123"), and FASB Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF,
Issue No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than
Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services.
Under the fair value method, all transactions in which goods or services are the
consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments are accounted for
based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the
equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable.

The Company accounts for the fair value of stock options granted to employees,
or stock options granted by a principal stockholder to employees, under the fair
value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, and SAB Topic 5.T., "Accounting
for Expenses or Liabilities Paid by Principal Stockholder(s)." During the
calendar quarter ended September 30, 2005, Fort Street Equity, Inc., as a
principal stockholder, provided stock option grants on behalf of the Company to
two employees which are described in Note 5.

   Concentrations of Risk

As of September 30, 2005, the Company had a material off-balance sheet risk with
regards to its dependence upon Herbalife as its sole source of supply for the
purchase of nutritional supplements related to its planned wellness programs.

No customer accounted for more than 10 percent of total revenues for the periods
ended September 30, 2005, and 2004.

   Estimates

The financial statements are prepared on the basis of accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of financial statements
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities as of September 30, 2005, and revenues and expenses for the periods
ended September 30, 2005, and 2004, and cumulative from inception. Actual
results could differ from those estimates made by management.

                                      F-12


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

(2)      Development Stage Activities and Going Concern

The Company is in the development stage of providing products and services for
corporate business wellness programs; living well programs directed primarily,
but not exclusively, to individuals over 45 years of age; and, nutritional
supplements manufactured and supplied by Herbalife. As of September 30, 2005,
and subsequent thereto, FFBI had completed organization and reverse merger
transactions, initial marketing and corporate awareness programs designed to
obtain customers for its products and services, the receipt of a trademark in
Australia for the name "Fit For Business", formation of a management team, and
other activities related to capital formation, software development, and initial
operations. Management of the Company is pursuing various sources of equity
financing, and plans to raise approximately $4.5 million through a best efforts
self-underwritten public offering of its common stock. The public offering and
sale of common stock by officers and directors of the Company will be conducted
subsequent to the filing and approval of a Registration Statement on Form SB-2
with the SEC. The proceeds from the public offering will be used by the Company
for the development and production of multi-media training programs, marketing
and promotional literature and programs, web site enhancement, purchase of
inventory, customer call center and computer hardware and software programs to
be used to aid the Company's customer service representatives, and working
capital required to hire additional staff and provide for an expected increase
in operations.

While management of the Company believes that the Company will be successful in
its capital formation and operating activities, there can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to raise $4.5 million in equity capital through its
planned filing with the SEC and related activities, or be successful in the sale
of its products and services that will generate sufficient revenues to sustain
the operations of the Company.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which
contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern. The Company has
incurred operating losses since inception, had negative working capital as of
September 30, 2005, and the cash resources of the Company are insufficient to
meet its planned business objectives. These and other factors raise substantial
doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The
accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the
possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or
the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the possible
inability of the Company to continue as a going concern.

(3)      Correction of Error

Subsequent to September 30, 2005, management of the Company determined that Fort
Street Equity, Inc. was a principal stockholder of the Company (see Note 5), and
as such, had provided options on behalf of the Company to purchase 290,996
shares of common stock to two employees. The value of the options was determined
to be $54,751 under the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company
corrected the error by recording compensation expense of $54,751 in the
accompanying statement of operations for the three months ended September 30,
2005, and by increasing additional paid-in capital by the same amount. The
impact of the adjustment increased general and administrative expenses by
$54,751. Net (loss) and total comprehensive (loss) for the period increased by
$54,751, and the amount of (loss) per share - basic and diluted for the period
increased by $.01 per share.

                                      F-13


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

(4)      Convertible Debt

In November 2003, FFBI began a capital formation activity through the private
placement of up to 200 unsecured convertible promissory notes (the "Note" or
"Notes"). Under the terms of the private placement subscription agreement, the
minimum unit participation was one unit per Note valued at $5,000. Multiple
units could be acquired under the terms of a single Note. The Notes issued for
the units stated a maturity date of November 30, 2004, and provided for an
interest rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, payable upon redemption. None of
the Notes were issued to officers, directors, or employees of FFBI.

The Notes were convertible into 10,000 shares of common stock per unit at any
time prior to maturity at the option of the note holder, or, if called by FFBI,
then automatically in the event of a public offering of shares. No value was
associated with the conversion feature of the Notes. FFBI structured an
incentive program with the first eleven subscribers to the private placement for
the Notes, and provided an additional 1/2 unit of value for each unit
subscribed. As such, as of September 14, 2004, FFBI had received and recorded
proceeds of $365,000 under the private placement in exchange for the Notes with
87 units for the calculation of conversion into common stock (870,000 shares of
common stock), and accrued interest in the amount of $13,801. The liability for
the Notes was assumed by the Company as a result of the Exchange Agreement.

On September 20, 2004, the Company, pursuant to a planned public offering of its
common stock, called and converted Notes with a unit value of 42 units into
420,000 shares of common stock. The transaction was valued at $0.33 per share of
common stock for a total of $140,000. Further, on September 29, 2004, the
remaining Notes with a unit value of 45 units were called and converted by the
Company into 450,000 shares of common stock. The transaction was valued at $0.50
per share of common stock for a total of $225,000. The value of the conversion
transactions in excess of the par value of the common stock issued, including
accrued interest, has been presented as additional paid-in capital in the
accompanying balance sheet as of September 30, 2005.

(5)      Common Stock Transactions and Capital Formation

   Issuance of Common Stock

On May 30, 2001, FFBI issued 5,000,000 shares of its common stock to former
officers and directors of the Company for services rendered. The value of the
services rendered was $5,000. This transaction, along with the accumulated
(deficit) of FFBI, made up the components of the reverse merger related to the
recapitalization of FFBI common stock.

   Stock Exchange Agreement

On September 14, 2004, the Company entered into a Share Exchange Agreement (the
"Exchange Agreement") with FFB Australia, whereby FFBI acquired all of the
issued and outstanding capital stock of FFB Australia (81 shares) in exchange
for 15,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock of
the Company. Both the common stock and preferred stock of FFBI have a par value
of $.001. The shares of preferred stock are non-participating, but each share is
entitled to fifty (50) votes in a general meeting of the stockholders. As a
result of the Exchange Agreement, the stockholders of FFB Australia control
FFBI, and FFB Australia has been deemed to have effected a reverse merger for
financial reporting purposes as of the date of the Exchange Agreement. The
deemed reverse merger has been recorded as a recapitalization of the Company,

                                      F-14


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

with the net assets of FFBI and FFB Australia brought forward at their
historical bases. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, consulting fees were
accrued in the amount of $112,500 to Messrs. Mitchell Stough and Kevin Murray
for services rendered in connection with the completion of the transaction under
separate letter agreements executed with Mr. Mark A. Poulsen, as principal
stockholder of the Company (see Other Transactions below).

   Conversion of Notes

On September 20, 2004, the Company issued 420,000 shares of its common stock
with a value of $140,000 in connection with the conversion of certain Notes and
accrued interest (see Note 4).

On September 29, 2004, the Company issued 450,000 shares of its common stock
with a value of $225,000 in connection with the conversion of the remainder of
the Notes and accrued interest (see Note 4).

   Stock Option Agreement and Stock Options Granted by Principal Stockholder

On July 25, 2004, the Company issued 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity,
Inc. (see below) to purchase the same number of shares of its common stock for
$10,000 in cash. The option period was initially through December 31, 2005, but
was subsequently extended to March 31, 2006, by the Board of Directors of the
Company. The exercise price of the options is the higher of $0.50 per share or
the average trading price of the Company's common stock over the preceding ten
business days prior to exercise of the options, less a discount of 40 percent.

During the calendar quarter ended September 30, 2005, Fort Street Equity, Inc.,
as a principal stockholder and holder of 2,000,000 stock options to purchase
common stock of the Company described above, provided stock option grants
totaling 290,996 options on behalf of the Company to two employees to acquire a
like number of shares of common stock of the Company. The principal stockholder
charged the grantees a total of $62,520 to acquire the options. The proceeds
from the option transactions were subsequently loaned by the principal
stockholder to the Company for working capital purposes under the terms of three
promissory notes which are described in Note 10.

The exercise price of each option granted amounted to $0.50, which equaled the
market price of the Company's common stock on the date of each stock option
grant. On the dates of grant, the stock options were fully-vested and
exercisable. The initial expiration date of the options granted was December 31,
2005. However, such date was subsequently extended to March 31, 2006, by the
Board of Directors of the Company.

The fair value of each option was estimated on the dates of grant using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

    Average         Expected        Expected       Employee/           Life
   Risk-Free     Volatility of      Dividend      Nonemployee         of the
 Interest Rate       Stock           Yield         Exit Rate         Options
 -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   ---------------
     3.81%           135.3%            0%             0%         43.9% of 1 year


                                      F-15


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

Total compensation expense for the period ended September 30, 2005, amounted to
$54,751. This amount has been charged to operations and recognized as a
contribution to additional paid-in capital for the period.

The following tables summarize information about stock options outstanding and
exercisable as of September 30, 2005:

                                    Stock Options Outstanding
                         ---------------------------------------------
                                         Weighted-Ave.
                           Number of       Remaining     Weighted-Ave.
           Exercise         Shares        Contractual       Exercise
            Price         Outstanding    Life in Years       Price
         -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
            $0.50          2,000,000          0.5            $0.50

                                    Stock Options Exercisable
                        ---------------------------------------------
                           Range of       Number of     Weighted-Ave.
                           Exercise        Shares          Exercise
                            Prices      Excercisable        Price
                        -------------   -------------   -------------
                            $0.50         2,000,000         $0.50

   Other Transactions

From the common stock issued to Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company, under the Exchange Agreement, L.R. Global received
500,000 shares of common stock. Mr. Poulsen also issued shares of common stock
that he received from the Exchange Agreement to satisfy the liabilities of the
Company assumed by FFBI related to the compensation of six individuals. FFBI
recognized the satisfaction of such liabilities by Mr. Poulsen as additional
paid-in capital.

The Company also owed Wayne Hoskin, a former director of the Company, the amount
of $7,500 as of September 14, 2004. The obligation resulted from a loan made to
the Company. Mr. Hoskin agreed to accept 15,000 shares of common stock of FFBI
in full satisfaction of this obligation. From the common stock issued to Mark A.
Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the
Exchange Agreement, Mr. Hoskin received 15,000 shares of common stock valued at
$7,500. FFBI recognized the satisfaction of this liability by Mr. Poulsen as
additional paid-in capital.

The Company also owed Donald Howell Wild, a former note holder and current
stockholder of the Company, the amount of $20,000 for services rendered related
to the private placement of Notes (see Note 4). From the common stock issued to
Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the
Exchange Agreement, on September 14, 2004, Mr. Wild received 40,000 shares of
common stock valued at $20,000. FFBI recognized the satisfaction of this
liability by Mr. Poulsen as additional paid-in capital.

                                      F-16


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

The Company also owed Messrs. Mitchell Stough and Kevin Murray, consultants
engaged to complete the Exchange Agreement, the amount of $112,500 for services
rendered. Messrs. Stough and Murray were engaged to complete the Exchange
Agreement under separate letter agreements with Mr. Mark A. Poulsen, as
principal stockholder of the Company. From the common stock issued to Mark A.
Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the
Exchange Agreement, on September 14, 2004, Messrs. Stough and Murray, through
their respective nominees, received 225,000 shares of common stock valued at
$112,500. FFBI recognized the satisfaction of this liability by Mr. Poulsen as
additional paid-in capital. Mr. Stough is the Managing Director of Fort Street
Equity, Inc. (see Capital Formation Activity below).

   Capital Formation Activity

On November 10, 2003, FFBI entered into an agreement with Fort Street Equity,
Inc. ("Fort Street"), a Cayman Islands company, whereby Fort Street would assist
FFBI with the following: (i) the identification of a corporation validly
organized in the United States with which the Company could realize a deemed
reverse merger; and (ii) the completion and filing of a Registration Statement
on Form SB-2 with the SEC for the purpose of raising capital from the issuance
of common stock in the public markets of up to $4.5 million.

FFBI paid Fort Street two deposits against fees and costs amounting to $130,100.
The initial capital formation activity conducted by FFBI and Fort Street was not
successful due to the fact that the organization and completion of a deemed
reverse merger with a validly organized corporation in the United States could
not be effected. Further, as a result of the uncompleted deemed reverse merger,
FFBI expensed $77,000 of the amount paid to Fort Street as unsuccessful offering
costs. FFBI and Fort Street initiated a second capital formation activity that
resulted in the Exchange Agreement as described above, and the current activity
to file a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC. During the period
ended September 30, 2005, the Company incurred an additional $25,440 in legal,
accounting, and filing fees related to the second capital formation activity. As
a result, as of September 30, 2005, the Company had $118,193 of deferred
offering costs which were comprised of legal and accounting fees paid, and other
professional and filing fees incurred to complete the Form SB-2 registration
process.

(6)      Income Taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the periods ended September 30,
2005, and 2004, was as follows (using a 34 percent effective Federal income tax
rate):

                                                  2005          2004
                                               ----------    ----------
        Current Tax Provision:
          Federal-
            Taxable income                     $     --      $     --
                                               ----------    ----------

               Total current tax provision     $     --      $     --
                                               ==========    ==========



                                      F-17


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)


                                                  2005          2004
                                               ----------    ----------
        Deferred Tax Provision:
          Federal-
            Loss carryforwards                 $   40,900    $   78,500
            Change in valuation allowance         (40,900)      (78,500)
                                               ----------    ----------
               Total deferred tax provision    $     --      $     --
                                               ==========    ==========

The Company had deferred income tax assets as of September 30, 2005, as follows:

                                                  2005
                                               ----------
            Loss carryforwards                 $  357,800
            Less - Valuation allowance           (357,800)
                                               ----------
               Total net deferred tax assets   $     --
                                               ==========

As of September 30, 2005, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for
income tax reporting purposes of approximately $1,052,300 that may be offset
against future taxable income. The net operating loss carryforwards expire in
the years 2021-2026. Current tax laws limit the amount of loss available to be
offset against future taxable income when a substantial change in ownership
occurs or a change in the nature of the business. Therefore, the amount
available to offset future taxable income may be limited. No tax benefit has
been reported in the financial statements for the realization of loss
carryforwards, as the Company believes there is high probability that the
carryforwards will not be utilized in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the
potential tax benefits of the loss carryforwards are offset by a valuation
allowance of the same amount.

(7)      Related Party Transactions

Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. is an Australian private entity and
stockholder of the Company. It is wholly owned by Mark A. Poulsen, President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company. As of September 30, 2005, the Company
owed $8,808 to this entity. This amount owed to this entity was for working
capital provided, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment.

Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd. is an Australian private company and stockholder
of the Company owned by Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer
of the Company, and Karen Poulsen, his wife. The purpose of this company is to
hold investments for Mr. and Mrs. Poulsen. As of September 30, 2005, the Company
owed $46,804 to this entity. This amount owed was for working capital provided,
is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment.

As of September 30, 2005, the Company owed $743 to Mark A. and Karen Poulsen for
expenses incurred on behalf of the Company. Mr. Poulsen is the President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company. This amount owed was for working capital
provided, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment.

                                      F-18


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

As of September 30, 2005, the Company owed $4,980 to Mr. GL Ray, a stockholder
of the Company, for an advance made. This amount owed was for working capital
provided, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment.

Donald Howell Wild, a former note holder and current stockholder of the Company
(see Note 5), is the uncle of Linda Wild, also a former note holder and current
stockholder of the Company. In addition, Mr. Wild is the father of Laraine
Richardson, a principal in the Company of L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd., which
entity entered into a License Agreement with the Company on August 24, 2004 (see
Note 9). Mr. Wild also assisted the Company with the private placement of the
Notes by marketing the placement, and was responsible for the subscription
agreements of several note holders. Mr. Wild's services were valued at $20,000.
The liability to Mr. Wild was satisfied by the transfer of 40,000 shares of
common stock of FFBI directly to him from the shares received from the Exchange
Agreement by Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company, at a value of $.50 per share. FFBI credited paid-in capital for the
value of the accrued liability satisfied by Mr. Poulsen.

As described in Note 4, the Company completed a private placement of Notes to
thirty individuals and entities with proceeds amounting to $365,000, and
subsequently converted the Notes to 870,000 shares of common stock of FFBI. Of
the thirty individuals and entities that subscribed to the private placement
offering of Notes, twelve parties are considered both account executives (part
of the independent marketing group of the Company) and independent Herbalife
distributors, and six of the parties are only independent Herbalife
distributors. Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company, is also an independent Herbalife distributor.

(8)      Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of
Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51," ("FIN 46"). The
FASB issued a revised FIN 46 in December 2003, which modified and clarified
various aspects of the original interpretations. A Variable Interest Entity
("VIE") is created when (i) the equity investment at risk is not sufficient to
permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated
financial support from other parties or (ii) equity holders either (a) lack
direct or indirect ability to make decisions about the entity, (b) are not
obligated to absorb expected losses of the entity or (c) do not have the right
to receive expected residual returns of the entity if they occur. If an entity
is deemed to be a VIE, pursuant to FIN 46, an enterprise that absorbs a majority
of the expected losses of the VIE is considered the primary beneficiary and must
consolidate the VIE. For VIE's created before January 31, 2003, FIN 46 was
deferred to the end of the first interim or annual period ending after March 15,
2004. The adoption of FIN 46 did not have a material impact on the financial
position or results of operations of the Company.

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments With Characteristics of Both
Liabilities and Equity," ("SFAS 150"). This standard requires issuers to
classify as liabilities the following three types of freestanding financial
instruments: (1) mandatory redeemable financial instruments, (2) obligations to
repurchase the issuer's equity shares by transferring assets; and (3) certain
obligations to issue a variable number of shares. The adoption of SFAS 150 did
not have a material impact on the financial position or results of operations of
the Company.

                                      F-19


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

In December 2003, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 ("SAB 104"),
"Revenue Recognition," which supersedes SAB 101, "Revenue Recognition in
Financial Statements." SAB 104's primary purpose is to rescind the accounting
guidance contained in SAB 101 related to multiple element revenue arrangements,
superseded as a result of the issuance of EITF 00-21. The Company adopted the
provisions of SAB 104, and it did not have a material impact on the financial
position or results of operations of the Company.

In December 2004, the FASB announced that Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123R (revised December 2004), "Share-Based Payments," sets
accounting requirements for "share-based" compensation to employees, including
employee-stock-purchase-plans (ESPPs), and provides guidance on accounting for
awards to non-employees. This Statement will require the Company to recognize in
the statement of operations the grant-date fair value of stock options and other
equity-based compensation issued to employees, but expresses no preference for a
type of valuation model. For small business filers, this Statement is effective
beginning January 1, 2006.

In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 151, "Inventory Costs - An Amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 43
(ARB No. 43), Chapter 4," ("SFAS 151") which clarifies the accounting for
abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted
material (spoilage). Paragraph 5 of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, previously stated
that ". . . under some circumstances, items such as idle facility expense,
excessive spoilage, double freight, and rehandling costs may be so abnormal as
to require treatment as current period charges. . ." SFAS 151 requires that
those items be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they
meet the criterion of "so abnormal." In addition, SFAS 151 requires that
allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversions be based on
the normal capacity of the production facilities. The Company is required to
adopt SFAS 151 in fiscal year 2006, and its adoption is not expected to have a
significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 153, "Exchange of Nonmonetary Assets, An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29,"
("SFAS No. 153"). SFAS No. 153 addresses the measurement of exchanges of
nonmonetary assets. The amendments made by SFAS No. 153 are based on the fair
value of the assets exchanged. SFAS No. 153 also eliminates the exception for
nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a
broader exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have
commercial substance. SFAS No. 153 is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges
occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company will
apply its provisions in fiscal 2006. Such provisions and adoption are not
expected to have a significant impact on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.

In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
154, "Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No.
20, Accounting Changes, and Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in
Interim Financial Statements," ("SFAS No. 154"). SFAS No. 154 changes the
requirements for the accounting for, and reporting of, a change in accounting
principle. Previously, most voluntary changes in accounting principles were
required to be recognized by way of a cumulative effect adjustment within net
income during the period of the change. SFAS No. 154 generally requires
retrospective application to prior period financial statements of voluntary
changes in accounting principles. SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting
changes made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005; however, SFAS

                                      F-20


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

No. 154 does not change the transition provisions of any existing accounting
pronouncements. The Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 154 will
have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

(9)      License Agreement

On August 24, 2004, the Company entered into a non-assignable license agreement
(the "License Agreement") with L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd. ("L.R. Global").
Pursuant to the License Agreement, L.R. Global has the right or license, for a
period of ten years, to use of the Company's logo, management information
system, and other material within Australia and New Zealand. L.R. Global will
assist in identifying new clients for the Company, and recruiting account
executive and customer service representatives. Under the terms of the License
Agreement, L.R. Global was obligated to pay the Company $500,000 on or before
December 31, 2004, for the grant of the license. As of December 31, 2004, L.R.
Global had only paid $117,750 toward the fee for the license, and was in default
under the License Agreement.

On January 14, 2005, the Company and L.R. Global entered into an extension
agreement whereby the terms of the License Agreement for payment of the
remaining amount of the $500,000 license fee were extended to May 31, 2005. As
of May 31, 2005, the balance of the License Agreement fees had not been paid,
and L.R. Global was in default under the License Agreement and amendment.

Subsequently, on June 14, 2005, the Company and L.R. Global entered into a
second extension whereby the terms of the License Agreement were amended as
follows: (i) for consideration of $7,000 paid by L.R. Global as a partial
payment of the license fee, the due date for the payment of the remaining
balance of the license fee was extended to a date within sixty (60) days
following the first date on which the common stock of the Company is quoted on
the OTC Bulletin Board or other recognized stock exchange; and, (ii) the two
principals of L.R. Global, Laraine Richardson and Dianne Waghorne, provided
personal guarantees to the Company for payment of the remaining balance of the
license fee in the event that the balance owed is not repaid by L.R. Global.

The delay experienced in collecting the remaining amount of the license fee from
L.R. Global is due primarily to the extended period of time required by the
Company to complete its capital formation activities, including the effective
date of its Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC. The principals of
L.R. Global have informed the management of the Company that L.R. Global entered
into the License Agreement with the understanding that the Company would
implement its plan of operations (including the completion of its capital
formation activities) in February 2005. At that time, L.R. Global was committed
to provide additional sales and marketing resources, and pay the remaining
amount of the license fee due. As a result of additional discussions with the
principals of L.R. Global and review of available credit information, management
of the Company believes that: (i) L.R. Global will honor the terms of the
License Agreement, and has sufficient operations and financial resources to pay
the remaining amount owed to the Company, (ii) complete payment of the license
fee will be accomplished under the terms of the second extension agreement dated
June 14, 2005, and (iii) the personal guarantees of the principals of L.R.
Global provide sufficient additional assurance of collectibility under
Australian law. As of December 1, 2005, there have been no modifications to the
second extension agreement to the License Agreement, or changes in any of its
terms.

                                      F-21


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

Due to the matters described above pertaining to the completion of its capital
formation activities, the Company has not recognized revenue from the License
Agreement for the periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004.

As described in Note 5 above, from the shares issued to Mark A. Poulsen,
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the Exchange
Agreement, L.R. Global received 500,000 shares of common stock. The purpose of
the transfer was to further involve L.R. Global in the Company as a stockholder,
and to provide an incentive for L.R. Global to perform under the License
Agreement. Management of the Company maintains that the transfer of shares of
common stock to L.R. Global by Mark A. Poulsen was a private transaction between
the parties, and not part of the Exchange Agreement to be recognized in the
financial statements of the Company.

(10)     Promissory Notes - Fort Street Equity, Inc.

On May 10, 2005, the Ralston Superannuation Fund ("Ralston Fund") entered into
an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Ralston Fund agreed to
purchase 100,000 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount
of $19,050. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of
shares of common stock of the Company. The Trustee for the Ralston Fund is
Leanne Ralston, the wife of Prins A. Ralston. Mr. Ralston is the Senior Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company.

Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated May 11, 2005. The
promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent
per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest,
is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to
Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation.

On June 14, 2005, Mr. Bruce Gilling, an unrelated party, entered into an Option
Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Mr. Gilling agreed to purchase
50,000 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of
$15,000. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of
shares of common stock of the Company.

Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated June 19, 2005. The
promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent
per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest,
is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to
Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation.

On July 1, 2005, Therese Mulherin, a part-time employee of the Company, entered
into two Option Purchase Agreements with Fort Street whereby the Ms. Mulherin
agreed to purchase 277,576 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for
$60,240. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of
shares of common stock of the Company.

Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company under the terms of two separate promissory notes dated July 1,

                                      F-22


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

2005. Each promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five
(5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the notes, together with any
remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory
notes are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the
obligations.

On August 19, 2005, Mr. Mark Hoey, a stockholder of the Company, entered into an
Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby Mr. Hoey agreed to purchase
66,666 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of
$20,000. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of
shares of common stock of the Company.

Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated August 29, 2005. The
promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent
per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest,
is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to
Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation.

On August 26, 2005, the Kelly Superannuation Fund, an unrelated party, entered
into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Fund agreed to
purchase 16,666 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount
of $5,000. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of
shares of common stock of the Company.

Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated August 29, 2005. The
promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent
per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest,
is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to
Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation.

On September 14, 2005, Sandra L. Wendt, Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of the Company, entered into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort
Street whereby the Fund agreed to purchase 13,420 stock options of the Company
held by Fort Street for the amount of $2,280. The stock options entitle the
holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company.

Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated September 14, 2005.
The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5)
percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining
interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are
payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation.

On September 23, 2005, Keith Appleby, an unrelated party, entered into an Option
Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Fund agreed to purchase 16,666
stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $5,000. The
stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common
stock of the Company.

Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated September 23, 2005.

                                      F-23


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5)
percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining
interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are
payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation.

On September 26, 2005, Neil Wendt, a related party, entered into an Option
Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Fund agreed to purchase 25,000
stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $7,500. The
stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common
stock of the Company.

Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated September 26, 2005.
The Company received the proceeds from the promissory note in early October
2005. The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5)
percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining
interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are
payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation.

(11)     Commitments and Contingencies

For each fiscal year since inception, the Company has recognized as compensation
expense the ongoing contribution of time and effort of six individuals, two of
which, currently serve as officers of the Company. Such individuals have
provided their time and effort without formal compensation by the Company which
in certain instances dates back to 1998. For the period ended September 30,
2004, the Company recorded accrued compensation expense amounting to $23,384.
Through September 14, 2004, the total liability for employee compensation
amounted to $220,000. This obligation was satisfied by the transfer of 440,000
shares of common stock of FFBI directly to the individuals from the shares
received from the Exchange Agreement by Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company, at a value of $.50 per share. FFBI credited
paid-in capital for the value of the accrued compensation satisfied by Mr.
Poulsen.

On September 21, 2004, the Company entered into a contract with Insource Pty.
Ltd., a related party, for software services pertaining to the development of
certain computerized systems for customer service, administration, and
information reporting purposes. The contract price for the software development
services amounted to approximately $30,500, which was subsequently increased by
approximately $10,000, and the estimated duration of the contract term was 14
weeks. Further, under the terms of the contract, a down payment of $3,500 was to
be made, followed by weekly progress payments of approximately $1,930. The
estimated term of the contract was subsequently extended to the end of June
2005, and certain additional features were added to the computerized systems
applications. The Company completed the software development project on July 21,
2005, and placed the software in service. The cost of the software project
amounted to $39,981, and has been reflected as "Developed software applications"
in the accompanying balance sheet.

On November 28, 2004, the Company entered into a month-to-month  expense sharing
agreement for office rent and other common area expenses with Mark A. Poulsen &
Associates Pty. Ltd. that provided for an effective date of July 1, 2004. The
expense sharing agreement replaced a lease arrangement between the Company and
Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. that expired on November 30, 2004. For

                                      F-24


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

the three-month period ended September 30, 2005, the Company accrued $4,261 in
office rent and common area costs pertaining to this agreement.

On February 1, 2005, the Company also entered into a registered agent
arrangement with Incorp. Services, Inc. whereby Incorp. agreed to act as the
registered agent for the State of Nevada, and to provide certain virtual office,
office facility use, and administrative services to the Company for a fee of
$1,495 per year.

The following transactions were dated November 29, 2004, or as otherwise
indicated:

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Mark A. Poulsen to serve
as its President and Chief Executive Officer. Under the terms of the agreement,
Mr. Poulsen is compensated at the annual rate of approximately $289,000 for
services to FFBI. He will also be paid 5 percent of the value of each country or
geographic-area license sold. In addition, on December 1, 2004, the Board of
Directors of FFBI awarded a bonus of approximately $388,250 to be paid to Mr.
Poulsen within 30 days after the listing of the common stock of FFBI on the
over-the-counter bulletin board of the NASD.

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Prins A. Ralston to serve
as its Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Under the terms of the
agreement, Mr. Ralston is compensated at the annual rate of approximately
$131,000, plus benefits and bonus. In addition, Mr. Ralston will be granted
options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock of FFBI under an option plan,
when and if established. The Company was also obligated to pay a recruiting fee
for the employment of Mr. Ralston to Hudson Global Resources, an executive
personnel placement firm, which amounted to approximately $21,100.

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Anthony F. Head to serve
as its Senior Vice President of Sales. Mr. Head is also a Director of the
Company. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Head is compensated at the annual
rate of approximately $77,000, plus benefits and bonus. He will also be paid 5
percent of the value of each country or geographic-area license sold.

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Sandra L. Wendt to serve
as its Vice President of Administration and Chief Financial Officer. Under the
terms of the agreement, Ms. Wendt is compensated at the annual rate of
approximately $42,400, plus benefits and bonus.

In November 2005, the Company was notified by the SEC that in light of the
proximity in timing between the sales of 565,994 stock options held by Fort
Street to various parties and the loans evidenced by promissory notes made by
Fort Street to the Company, such sales of options by Fort Street are believed to
be a primary offering of securities by an underwriter on behalf of the Company
under Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "33 Act"). If it is
determined that such transactions constitute a primary offering by or on behalf
of the Company in violation of Section 5 of the 33 Act, then the Company may be
subject to remedial sanctions. Such sanctions may include the payment of
disgorgement, prejudgment interest and civil or criminal penalties. Management
of the Company is not aware of any pending claims for sanctions against it based
on Section 5 of the 33 Act, and intends to vigorously defend against any such
claims if they arise. However, due to the notification by the SEC, the Company
has classified the promissory notes, amounting to $126,528, and accrued interest
of $1,491, as of September 30, 2005, as amounts subject to rescission in the
accompanying balance sheet.

                                      F-25


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004
                                   (Unaudited)

(12)     Subsequent Event

On November 25, 2005, Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd., a related party entity,
loaned $33,273 to the Company. The amount loaned was for working capital
purposes, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment.
















                                      F-26


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005 AND 2004


Report of Registered Independent Auditors...................................F-28

Financial Statements-

   Restated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2005...............................F-29

   Restated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) for the
     Years Ended June 30, 2005, and 2004, and Cumulative from Inception ....F-30

   Restated Statements of Stockholder's (Deficit) for the Periods from
     Inception Through June 30, 2005 .......................................F-31

   Restated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June 30, 2005,
     and 2004, and Cumulative from Inception ...............................F-32

   Notes to Financial Statements for the Periods
     Ended June 30, 2005, and 2004 .........................................F-33




                                      F-27




                    REPORT OF REGISTERED INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
Fit For Business International, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Fit For Business
International, Inc. (a Nevada corporation in the development stage) as of June
30, 2005, and the related statements of operations, stockholders' (deficit), and
cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2005, and from
inception (December 14, 1998) through June 30, 2005. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States of America). Those standards require
that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Fit For Business International,
Inc. as of June 30, 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2005, and from inception
(December 14, 1998) through June 30, 2005, in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the
financial statements, the Company is in the development stage, is conducting its
capital formation activities, has experienced an operating loss since inception,
and its working capital is insufficient to meet planned business objectives.
These and other factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to
continue as a going concern. Management's plan regarding these matters are also
described in Note 2 to the financial statements. The financial statements do not
include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

As discussed in Note 3 to the financial statements, errors in the recognition of
License Agreement revenue which amounted to $44,294, and in the recording of
consulting fees which amounted to $112,500 for services rendered in connection
with the Company's reverse merger for the year ended June 30, 2005, which
resulted in overstatement of the revenues, and an understatement of the net
(loss) and comprehensive (loss) for the period, were determined by management of
the Company. Accordingly, the financial statements as of and for the period
ended June 30, 2005, have been restated to correct the errors.

Respectfully submitted,

/s/ Davis Accounting Group P.C.

Cedar City, Utah,
August 25, 2005, except for the first paragraph of Note 3, and Note 13, as to
which the date is October 14, 2005; and, the second paragraph of Note 3, as to
which the date is February 10, 2006.


                                      F-28


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                     RESTATED BALANCE SHEET (NOTES 2 AND 3)
                               AS OF JUNE 30, 2005

                                     ASSETS
                                                                         2005
                                                                      ----------
Current Assets:
  Cash-
      Cash on hand                                                $      100
      Restricted cash - Attorney trust account                         3,580
                                                                  ----------
         Total cash                                                    3,680
  Accounts Receivable-
      License fee                                                    375,250
  Inventory                                                            3,202
                                                                  ----------
         Total current assets                                        382,132
                                                                  ----------
Property and Equipment:
  Web site development costs                                           4,953
  Office and computer equipment                                        1,813
  Furniture and fixtures                                                 183
                                                                  ----------
                                                                       6,949
  Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization                    (5,212)
                                                                  ----------
                                                                       1,737
  Software development in progress                                    40,071
                                                                  ----------
         Net property and equipment                                   41,808
                                                                  ----------
Other Assets:
      Trademark                                                          228
      Less - Accumulated amortization                                   (155)
      Deferred offering costs                                         92,753
                                                                  ----------
             Total other assets                                       92,826
                                                                  ----------
Total Assets                                                      $  516,766
                                                                  ==========
                     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)

Current Liabilities:
  Checks in excess of bank balance                                $    1,608
  Accounts payable - Trade                                            52,042
  Accrued liabilities                                                 89,442
  Loans from related parties                                          71,146
  Deferred revenue - License fee                                     500,000
                                                                  ----------
         Total current liabilities                                   714,238
                                                                  ----------
Long-term Debt:
  Promissory notes - Fort Street Equity, Inc.                         34,050
                                                                  ----------
         Total long-term debt                                         34,050
                                                                  ----------
Total Liabilities                                                    748,288
                                                                  ----------
Commitments and Contingencies

Stockholders' (Deficit):
  Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; 10,000,000 shares
      authorized; 1,000,000 shares issued and outstanding              1,000
  Common stock, par value $.001, 100,000,000 shares
      authorized; 20,870,000 shares issued and outstanding            20,870
  Additional paid-in capital                                         716,982
  Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)                             (38,231)
  (Deficit) accumulated during the development stage                (932,143)
                                                                  ----------
         Total stockholders' (deficit)                              (231,522)
                                                                  ----------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' (Deficit)                     $  516,766
                                                                  ==========


               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                     an integral part of this balance sheet.

                                      F-29




                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
           RESTATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS)
          (NOTES 2 AND 3) FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004,
               AND CUMULATIVE FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998)
                             THROUGH JUNE 30, 2005

                                                                         Years Ended
                                                                           June 30,              Cumulative
                                                                ----------------------------        From
                                                                     2005            2004         Inception
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                                                       
Revenues:
  Sales of products and services                                  11,053             203          19,346
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------
       Total revenues                                             11,053             203          19,346
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------
Cost of Goods Sold:
      Cost of goods sold                                           4,300              85           8,023
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------
Gross Profit (Loss)                                                6,753             118          11,323
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------
Expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative-
     Wages, compensation and related taxes                       132,564          40,368         329,180
     Legal, accounting and consulting fees                       214,312           9,529         235,979
     Advertising and promotion                                    31,821             681          40,214
     Depreciation and amortization                                 1,892           1,586           4,828
     Write-off of deferred offering costs                           --            79,685          79,685
     Office rent and common area costs                            16,171            --            16,171
     Training and development                                     25,473            --            25,473
     Travel, meals and lodging                                    30,847           1,987          33,255
     Other                                                        39,007           3,432         158,694
     Realized foreign exchange adjustments                        45,566         (15,046)          6,421
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------
       Total selling, general and administrative expenses        537,653         122,222         929,900
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------
(Loss) from Operations                                          (530,900)       (122,104)       (918,577)
Other Income (Expense)                                            (5,408)         (8,160)        (13,566)
Provision for income taxes                                          --              --              --
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------
Net (Loss)                                                  $   (536,308)   $   (130,264)   $   (932,143)
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------
Comprehensive (Loss):
  Australian currency translation                                  1,855          (6,119)        (38,231)
                                                            ------------    ------------    ------------
Total Comprehensive (Loss)                                  $   (534,453)   $   (136,383)   $   (970,374)
                                                            ============    ============    ============
(Loss) Per Common Share:
  (Loss) per common share - Basic and Diluted               $      (0.03)   $      (0.01)
                                                            ============    ============
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares
  Outstanding - Basic and Diluted                             20,235,890      20,000,000
                                                            ============    ============


               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                      an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-30




                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
         RESTATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) (NOTES 2 AND 3)
               FOR THE PERIODS FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998)
                              THROUGH JUNE 30, 2005


                                                        Preferred Stock                Common stock
                                                  ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                Description                          Shares        Amount          Shares         Amount
-----------------------------------------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                                   
Balance - December 14, 1998                               --     $       --             --     $       --
Australian currency translation                           --             --             --             --
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --             --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 1999                                   --             --             --             --
Australian currency translation                           --             --             --             --
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --             --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2000                                   --             --             --             --
Issuance of common stock for services                     --             --        5,000,000          5,000
Australian currency translation                           --             --             --             --
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --             --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2001                                   --             --        5,000,000          5,000
Australian currency translation                           --             --             --             --
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --             --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2002                                   --             --        5,000,000          5,000
Australian currency translation                           --             --             --             --
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --             --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2003                                   --             --        5,000,000          5,000
Australian currency translation                           --             --             --             --
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --             --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2004                                   --             --        5,000,000          5,000
Stock options issued for cash                             --             --             --             --
Preferred and common stock issued for
   deemed reverse merger with FFB Australia          1,000,000          1,000     15,000,000         15,000

Employee compensation paid by issued shares               --             --             --             --
Loan from former director paid by issued shares           --             --             --             --
Consulting services paid by issued shares                 --             --             --             --
Promissory notes converted to common stock                --             --          870,000            870
Australian currency translation                           --             --             --             --
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --             --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2005                              1,000,000   $      1,000     20,870,000   $     20,870
                                                  ============   ============   ============   ============

                                                                                  (Deficit)
                                                                  Accumulated    Accumulated
                                                    Additional       Other        During the
                                                     Paid-in      Comprehensive  Development
                                                     Capital        (Loss)          Stage         Totals
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------

Balance - December 14, 1998                       $       --     $       --     $       --     $       --
Australian currency translation                           --             (534)          --             (534)
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --          (16,960)       (16,960)
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 1999                                   --             (534)       (16,960)       (17,494)
Australian currency translation                           --            7,472           --            7,472
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --         (138,322)      (138,322)
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2000                                   --            6,938       (155,282)      (148,344)
Issuance of common stock for services                     --             --           (5,000)          --
Australian currency translation                           --           25,453           --           25,453
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --          (53,529)       (53,529)
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2001                                   --           32,391       (213,811)      (176,420)
Australian currency translation                           --          (20,804)          --          (20,804)
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --          (32,584)       (32,584)
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2002                                   --           11,587       (246,395)      (229,808)
Australian currency translation                           --          (45,554)          --          (45,554)
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --          (24,176)       (24,176)
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2003                                   --          (33,967)      (270,571)      (299,538)
Australian currency translation                           --           (6,119)          --           (6,119)
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --         (130,264)      (130,264)
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2004                                   --          (40,086)      (400,835)      (435,921)
Stock options issued for cash                           10,000           --             --           10,000
Preferred and common stock issued for
   deemed reverse merger with FFB Australia            (30,950)          --            5,000         (9,950)

Employee compensation paid by issued shares            220,000           --             --          220,000
Loan from former director paid by issued shares          7,500           --             --            7,500
Consulting services paid by issued shares              132,500           --             --          132,500
Promissory notes converted to common stock             377,932           --             --          378,802
Australian currency translation                           --            1,855           --            1,855
Net (loss) for the period                                 --             --         (536,308)      (536,308)
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Balance - June 30, 2005                           $    716,982   $    (38,231)  $   (932,143)  $   (231,522)
                                                  ============   ============   ============   ============


               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                      an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-31




                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                RESTATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (NOTES 2 AND 3)
                  FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004,
                AND CUMULATIVE FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998)
                              THROUGH JUNE 30, 2005

                                                                        Years Ended
                                                                          June 30,           Cumulative
                                                                  -----------------------       From
                                                                    2005          2004        Inception
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                                                    
Operating Activities:
  Net (loss)                                                     $ (536,308)   $ (130,264)   $ (932,143)
  Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) to net cash
    (used in) operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                                    2,239         1,587         5,367
     Write-off of deferred offering costs                              --          77,000        77,000
     Employee compensation paid by issued shares                     23,384        40,368       220,000
     Consulting services paid by issued shares                      132,500          --         132,500
     Interest on promissory notes converted to paid-in capital        5,698         8,103        13,801
              Changes in net assets and liabilities-
                Accounts receivable                                 124,750           407       124,750
                Inventory                                            (3,202)         --          (3,202)
                Accounts payable - trade                             49,148        (2,894)       52,042
                Accrued liabilities and other                        89,442          --          89,442
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
Net Cash (Used in) Operating Activities                            (112,349)       (5,693)     (220,443)
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
Investing Activities:
  Purchases of property and equipment                                (1,790)         (206)       (1,996)
  Payment for Australian trademark                                      (21)           (7)         (228)
  Expenditures for web site development costs                          (466)         (151)       (4,953)
  Expenditures for software development in progress                 (40,071)         --         (40,071)
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
Net Cash (Used in) Investing Activities                              (42,348)         (364)      (47,248)
                                                                  ----------    ----------    ----------
Financing Activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes                       180,000       185,000       365,000
  Checks in excess of bank balance                                    1,608           (64)        1,608
  Proceeds from loans - related parties                             172,120        13,039       344,324
  Payments on loans - related parties                              (161,640)      (87,188)     (273,177)
  Proceeds from loan - former director                                 --           1,472         7,500
  Proceeds from issuance of promissory notes                         34,050          --          34,050
  Payments of deferred offering costs                               (69,753)     (100,000)     (169,753)
  Proceeds from issuance of capital stock                              --            --              50
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities                           156,385        12,259       309,602
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash                               1,855        (6,119)      (38,231)
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash                                       3,543            83         3,680
Cash - Beginning of Period                                              137            54          --
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------
Cash - End of Period                                             $    3,680    $      137    $    3,680
                                                                 ==========    ==========    ==========


               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                      an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-32


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                RESTATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (NOTES 2 AND 3)
                  FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004,
                AND CUMULATIVE FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998)
                              THROUGH JUNE 30, 2005
                                   (Unaudited)


Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
  Cash paid during the period for:
              Interest                                           $      199    $     --      $      199
                                                                 ==========    ==========    ==========
              Income taxes                                       $     --      $     --      $     --
                                                                 ==========    ==========    ==========

Supplemental Information of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:

         On September 14, 2004, the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement
         with FFB Australia whereby FFBI acquired all of the issued and
         outstanding capital stock of FFB Australia (81 shares) in exchange for
         15,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred
         stock of the Company. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, the
         stockholders of FFB Australia control FFBI, and FFB Australia has been
         deemed to have effected a reverse merger for financial reporting
         purposes. The deemed reverse merger has been recorded as a
         recapitalization of the Company, with the net assets of FFBI and FFB
         Australia brought forward at their historical bases.

         On September 20, 2004, the Company issued 420,000 shares of common
         stock with value of $140,000 in connection with the conversion of
         certain Notes and accrued interest.

         On September 29, 2004, the Company issued 450,000 shares of common
         stock with a value of $225,000 in connection with the conversion of the
         remainder of the Notes and accrued interest.

         On September 14, 2004, accrued employee compensation of $220,000 was
         satisfied with the issuance 440,000 shares of common stock provided
         personally by an officer and director of the Company.

         On September 14, 2004, a loan to the Company of $7,500 by a former
         director was satisfied with the issuance of 15,000 shares of common
         stock provided personally by an officer and director of the Company.

         On September 14, 2004, accrued consulting services of $20,000 was
         satisfied with the issuance of 40,000 shares of common stock provided
         personally by an officer and director of the Company.

         On September 14, 2004, accrued consulting services of $112,500 were
         satisfied with the issuance of 225,000 shares of common stock provided
         personally by an officer and director of the Company.


               The accompanying notes to financial statements are
                      an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-33


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

(1)      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

   Basis of Presentation and Organization

Fit For Business International, Inc. ("FFBI" or the "Company") is a Nevada
corporation in the development stage of providing products and services for: (i)
corporate wellness programs which address business productivity, stress and
absenteeism issues; (ii) living well programs directed primarily, but not
exclusively, to individuals over 45 years of age; and, (iii) nutritional
supplements manufactured and supplied by Herbalife Ltd. ("Herbalife"). The
accompanying financial statements of FFBI were prepared from the accounts of the
Company under the accrual basis of accounting in United States dollars. In
addition, the accompanying financial statements reflect the completion of a
deemed reverse merger between FFBI and Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited
("FFB Australia"), which was effected on September 14, 2004.

Prior to the completion of the deemed reverse merger, FFBI was a dormant
corporation with no assets or operations (essentially since its organization on
May 30, 2001, and incorporation on July 31, 2001). The Company was originally
incorporated under the name of Elli Tsab, Inc. On April 7, 2004, the name of the
Company was changed to Patient Data Corporation. On January 13, 2005, the name
of the Company was again changed to Fit For Business International, Inc. in
order to better reflect the current business plan.

FFB Australia was organized as an Australian private company on December 14,
1998, and subsequently began certain marketing studies and corporate awareness
programs to obtain customers for its products and services. In October 2003, FFB
Australia initiated a capital formation activity through the private placement
of certain convertible promissory notes which provided, through September 14,
2004, proceeds of $365,000. Subsequent to the completion of the deemed reverse
merger, the liability associated with the convertible promissory notes was
assumed by the Company. Thereafter, all of the promissory notes were converted
into shares of common stock of FFBI.

In addition, in November 2003, FFB Australia commenced a capital formation
activity to effect a deemed reverse merger with a corporation validly organized
in the United States for the purpose of completing a Registration Statement on
Form SB-2 with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), and raising
capital from the issuance of common stock in the public markets of up to $4.5
million. The initial capital formation activity through a deemed reverse merger
and the issuance of common stock was unsuccessful. Subsequently, FFB Australia
completed a deemed reverse merger with the Company, and FFBI is currently
undertaking a second capital formation activity of the same type.

Prior to September 14, 2004, FFB Australia, aside from the capital formation and
marketing activities described above, incurred other development stage operating
costs and expenses related to its organization as an entity, receipt of a
trademark in Australia for the name and related logo of Fit For Business,
formation of a management team, accounting and tax preparation fees, consulting
fees, travel, and other general and administrative expenses. For additional
information relating to the development stage activities of the Company, see
Note 2.

Given that FFB Australia is considered to have acquired FFBI by a deemed reverse
merger through an Exchange Agreement (see Note 5), and its stockholders

                                      F-34


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

currently have voting control of FFBI, the accompanying financial statements and
related disclosures in the notes to financial statements present the financial
position as of June 30, 2005, and the operations for the years ended June 30,
2005, and 2004, and from the period from the inception date (December 14, 1998)
through June 30, 2005, of FFB Australia under the name of FFBI. The deemed
reverse merger has been recorded as a recapitalization of the Company, with the
net assets of FFB Australia and FFBI brought forward at their historical bases.
The costs associated with the reverse merger have been expensed as incurred.

   Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of reporting within the statement of cash flows, the Company
considers all cash on hand, cash accounts not subject to withdrawal restrictions
or penalties, and all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity
of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.

    Restricted Cash

The Company maintains restricted cash as funds designated for specific purposes
or for compliance with terms of contractual agreements. As of June 30, 2005,
$3,580 was in an Attorney's trust account, and designated to pay for costs and
expenses associated with the Company's filing of a Registration Statement on
Form SB-2 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

   Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of amounts due from a license agreement, employees
and related parties, and value added tax refunds. The Company establishes an
allowance for doubtful accounts in amounts sufficient to absorb potential losses
on accounts receivable. As of June 30, 2005, and 2004, no allowance for doubtful
accounts was deemed necessary. While management uses the best information
available upon which to base estimates, future adjustments to the allowance may
be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions
used for the purpose of analysis.

   Revenue Recognition

The Company is in the development stage and has yet to realize significant
revenues from planned operations. It has derived revenues principally from the
sale of services related to wellness programs, and the sale of nutritional
products, literature and training materials. The Company has also entered into a
license agreement for Australia and New Zealand which entitles the licensee to
provide a distribution network for the Company, use its logo and software, and
market and promote its products and services. Revenue will be derived over the
term of the license agreement once all terms and conditions have been met.
Revenues are recognized by major categories under the following policies:

For specific wellness program services, such as health risk assessment services,
fitness programs, educational and other programs, and contracts pertaining to
such services, revenue is realized as services are provided. Contracts for
wellness program services are evidenced in writing, and as services are
rendered, invoices for such services are rendered in accordance with contract
terms.

                                      F-35


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

For sales of literature, training materials, and nutritional products, revenue
is realized upon shipment to the customer and there are no unfulfilled company
elements related to a customer's order. Orders for literature, materials and
nutritional products are evidenced in writing on customer and call center order
documents. Payments are provided in cash, check or by credit card at the time
orders are placed with the Company.

For license agreements, revenue is realized from licensing activities related to
various countries and geographic regions, which entitle licensees to provide a
distribution network for the Company, the use of the Company logo, software and
training materials, and the rights to market and promote the services of the
Company. Revenue from such agreements is realized over the term and under the
conditions of each specific license once all contract conditions have been met.
Payments for licensing fees are generally received at the time the license
agreements are executed, unless other terms for delayed payment are documented
and agreed to between the parties. Under terms for delayed payment, the Company
may require further assurances of payment under contract terms such as credit
report information, and entity and personal guarantees.

   Internal Web Site Development Costs

Under Emerging Issues Taskforce Statement 00-2, Accounting for Web Site
Development Costs ("EITF 00-2"), costs and expenses incurred during the planning
and operating stages of the Company's web site are expensed as incurred. Under
EITF 00-2, costs incurred in the web site application and infrastructure
development stages are capitalized by the Company and amortized to expense over
the web site's estimated useful life or period of benefit. As of June 30, 2005,
FFBI had capitalized $4,953 related to its web site development.

   Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use

Under Statement of Position 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software
Developed or Obtained for Internal Use ("SOP 98-1"), the Company capitalizes
external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or
obtained internal-use computer software; payroll and payroll-related costs for
employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to the
internal-use computer software project; and, interest costs related to loans
incurred for the development of internal-use software. As of June 30, 2005, the
Company had capitalized $40,071 for projects related to the development of
internal-use software.

   Costs of Computer Software to be Sold or Otherwise Marketed

Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, Accounting for the
Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed ("SFAS
86"), the Company capitalizes costs associated with the development of certain
training software products held for sale when technological feasibility is
established. Capitalized computer software costs of products held for sale are
amortized over the useful life of the products from the software release date.
As of June 30, 2005, the Company had not undertaken any projects related to the
development of software products held for sale or to be otherwise marketed.

                                      F-36


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

   Trademark

The Company obtained a trademark from the government of Australia effective
October 15, 1999. The trademark covers the name "Fit For Business" and the logo
of the Company. The cost of obtaining the trademark has been capitalized by the
Company, and is being amortized over a period of ten years.

   Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred, except for television
or magazine advertisements, which are charged to expense when the advertising
first takes place. For the years ended June 30, 2005, and 2004, advertising
costs amounted to $31,821 and $681, respectively.

   Property and Equipment

The components of property and equipment are stated at cost. Property and
equipment costs are depreciated or amortized for financial reporting purposes
over the useful lives of the related assets by the straight-line method. Useful
lives utilized by the Company for calculating depreciation or amortization are
as follows:

         Computer and office equipment               5 years
         Furniture and fixtures                     10 years
         Internal web site development costs         3 years

Upon disposition of an asset, its cost and related accumulated depreciation or
amortization are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is
recognized.

   Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of
("SFAS 121"), the Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets and
the related estimated remaining lives at each balance sheet date. The Company
records an impairment or change in useful life whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable or the
useful life has changed.

   Loss Per Common Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to the
common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock
outstanding during the period. Fully diluted loss per share is computed similar
to basic loss per share except that the denominator is increased to include the
number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the
potential common shares had been issued and if the additional common shares were
dilutive.

                                      F-37


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004


   Deferred Offering Costs

The Company defers as other assets the direct incremental costs of raising
capital until such time as the offering is completed. At the time of the
completion of the offering, the costs are charged against the capital raised.
Should the offering be terminated, deferred offering costs are charged to
operations during the period in which the offering is terminated (see Note 5).

   Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company presents comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income ("SFAS
130"). SFAS 130 states that all items that are required to be recognized under
accounting standards as components of comprehensive income (loss) be reported in
the financial statements. For the periods ended June 30, 2005, and 2004, and
cumulative from inception (December 14, 1998) through June 30, 2005, the only
components of comprehensive income (loss) were the net (loss) for the periods,
and the foreign currency translation adjustments.

   Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to SFAS No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes ("SFAS 109"). Under SFAS 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities
are determined based on temporary differences between the bases of certain
assets and liabilities for income tax and financial reporting purposes. The
deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified according to the financial
statement classification of the assets and liabilities generating the
differences.

The Company maintains a valuation allowance with respect to deferred tax assets.
The Company establishes a valuation allowance based upon the potential
likelihood of realizing the deferred tax asset and taking into consideration the
Company's financial position and results of operations for the current period.
Future realization of the deferred tax benefit depends on the existence of
sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period under the Federal tax
laws.

Changes in circumstances, such as the Company generating taxable income, could
cause a change in judgment about the realizability of the related deferred tax
asset. Any change in the valuation allowance will be included in income in the
year of the change in estimate.

   Foreign Currency Translation

The Company accounts for foreign currency translation pursuant to SFAS No. 52,
Foreign Currency Translation ("SFAS 52"). The Company's functional currency is
the Australian dollar. All assets and liabilities are translated into United
States dollars using the current exchange rate at the end of each fiscal period.
Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing
throughout the respective periods. Translation adjustments are included in other
comprehensive income (loss) for the period. Certain transactions of the Company
are denominated in United States dollars. Translation gains or losses related to
such transactions are recognized for each reporting period in the related
statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

                                      F-38


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

   Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company estimates the fair value of financial instruments using the
available market information and valuation methods. Considerable judgment is
required in estimating fair value. Accordingly, the estimates of fair value may
not be indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market
exchange. As of June 30, 2005, the Company did not have any financial
instruments requiring the estimate of fair value.

   Stock-Based Compensation

The Company uses the fair value method to account for non-employee stock-based
compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, and FASB Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue No. 96-18,
Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for
Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services. Under the fair
value method, all transactions in which goods or services are the consideration
received for the issuance of equity instruments are accounted for based on the
fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity
instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable.

   Concentrations of Risk

As of June 30, 2005, and 2004, the Company had a material off-balance sheet risk
with regards to its dependence upon Herbalife as its sole source of supply for
the purchase of nutritional supplements related to its planned wellness
programs.

No customer accounted for more than 10 percent of total revenues for the years
ended June 30, 2005, and 2004.

   Estimates

The financial statements are prepared on the basis of accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of financial statements
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities as of June 30, 2005, and revenues and expenses for the years ended
June 30, 2005, and 2004. Actual results could differ from those estimates made
by management.

(2)      Development Stage Activities and Going Concern

The Company is in the development stage of providing products and services for
corporate business wellness programs; living well programs directed primarily,
but not exclusively, to individuals over 45 years of age; and, nutritional
supplements manufactured and supplied by Herbalife. As of June 30, 2005, and
subsequent thereto, FFBI had completed organization and reverse merger
transactions, initial marketing and corporate awareness programs designed to
obtain customers for its products and services, the receipt of a trademark in
Australia for the name "Fit For Business", formation of a management team, and
other activities related to capital formation and initial operations. Management
of the Company is pursuing various sources of equity financing, and plans to
raise approximately $4.5 million through a best efforts self-underwritten public
offering of its common stock. The public offering and sale of common stock by

                                      F-39


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

officers and directors of the Company will be conducted subsequent to the filing
and approval of a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC. The proceeds
from the public offering will be used by the Company for the development and
production of multi-media training programs, marketing and promotional
literature and programs, web site enhancement, purchase of inventory, customer
call center and computer hardware and software programs to be used to aid the
Company's customer service representatives, and working capital required to hire
additional staff and provide for an expected increase in operations.

While management of the Company believes that the Company will be successful in
its capital formation and operating activities, there can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to raise $4.5 million in equity capital through its
planned filing with the SEC and related activities, or be successful in the sale
of its products and services that will generate sufficient revenues to sustain
the operations of the Company.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which
contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern. The Company has
incurred operating losses since inception, had negative working capital as of
June 30, 2005, and the cash resources of the Company are insufficient to meet
its planned business objectives. These and other factors raise substantial doubt
about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying
financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible
future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts
and classification of liabilities that may result from the possible inability of
the Company to continue as a going concern.

(3)      Correction of Errors

Subsequent to June 30, 2005, management of the Company determined that $44,294
of license fee income related to the License Agreement with L.R. Global (see
Note 9) had been incorrectly realized during the year ended June 30, 2005, as
not all verbal commitments made by the Company to L.R. Global had been
satisfied. The Company corrected the error by reversing the revenue realized,
and restoring the amount of deferred revenue, as presented in the accompanying
balance sheet, to $500,000. The impact of the adjustment decreased revenues and
general and administrative expenses (realized foreign exchange adjustments) by
$44,294 and $2,294, respectively, for a net adjustment of $42,000. Net (loss)
and total comprehensive (loss) for the period increased by $42,000, and the
amount of (loss) per share - basic and diluted for the period remained
unchanged.

In addition, subsequent to June 30, 2005, management of the Company determined
that $112,500 of consulting fees related to services rendered by Messrs.
Mitchell Stough (Managing Director of Fort Street Equity - See Note 5) and Kevin
Murray in connection with the Company's deemed reverse merger had not been
accrued during the year ended June 30, 2005. From the common stock issued to
Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the
Exchange Agreement, Messrs. Stough and Murray received 225,000 shares of common
stock valued at $112,500. The impact of the adjustment increased general and

                                      F-40


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

administrative expenses by $112,500 for the year ended June 30, 2005. Net (loss)
and total comprehensive (loss) for the period increased by $112,500,
respectively, and the amount of (loss) per share - basic and diluted for the
period increased by $0.01 per share. Also, additional paid-in capital increased
by $112,500, and accrued liabilities decreased by the same amount.

(4)      Convertible Debt

In November 2003, FFBI began a capital formation activity through the private
placement of up to 200 unsecured convertible promissory notes (the "Note" or
"Notes"). Under the terms of the private placement subscription agreement, the
minimum unit participation was one unit per Note valued at $5,000. Multiple
units could be acquired under the terms of a single Note. The Notes issued for
the units stated a maturity date of November 30, 2004, and provided for an
interest rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, payable upon redemption. None of
the Notes were issued to officers, directors, or employees of FFBI.

The Notes were convertible into 10,000 shares of common stock per unit at any
time prior to maturity at the option of the note holder, or, if called by FFBI,
then automatically in the event of a public offering of shares. No value was
associated with the conversion feature of the Notes. FFBI structured an
incentive program with the first eleven subscribers to the private placement for
the Notes, and provided an additional 1/2 unit of value for each unit
subscribed. As such, as of September 14, 2004, FFBI had received and recorded
proceeds of $365,000 under the private placement in exchange for the Notes with
87 units for the calculation of conversion into common stock (870,000 shares of
common stock), and accrued interest in the amount of $13,801. The liability for
the Notes was assumed by the Company as a result of the Exchange Agreement.

On September 20, 2004, the Company, pursuant to a planned public offering of its
common stock, called and converted Notes with a unit value of 42 units into
420,000 shares of common stock. The transaction was valued at $0.33 per share of
common stock for a total of $140,000. Further, on September 29, 2004, the
remaining Notes with a unit value of 45 units were called and converted by the
Company into 450,000 shares of common stock. The transaction was valued at $0.50
per share of common stock for a total of $225,000. The value of the conversion
transactions in excess of the par value of the common stock issued, including
accrued interest, has been presented as additional paid-in capital in the
accompanying balance sheet as of June 30, 2005.

(5)      Common Stock Transactions and Capital Formation

   Issuance of Common Stock

On May 30, 2001, FFBI issued 5,000,000 shares of its common stock to former
officers and directors of the Company for services rendered. The value of the
services rendered was $5,000. This transaction, along with the accumulated
(deficit) of FFBI, made up the components of the reverse merger related to the
recapitalization of FFBI common stock.

   Stock Option Agreement

On July 25, 2004, the Company issued 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity,
Inc. (see below) to purchase the same number of shares of its common stock for

                                      F-41


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

$10,000 in cash. The option period is through December 31, 2005. The exercise
price of the options is the higher of $0.50 per share or the average trading
price of the Company's common stock over the preceding ten business days prior
to exercise of the options, less a discount of 40 percent.

   Stock Exchange Agreement

On September 14, 2004, the Company entered into a Share Exchange Agreement (the
"Exchange Agreement") with FFB Australia, whereby FFBI acquired all of the
issued and outstanding capital stock of FFB Australia (81 shares) in exchange
for 15,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock of
the Company. Both the common stock and preferred stock of FFBI have a par value
of $.001. The shares of preferred stock are non-participating, but each share is
entitled to fifty (50) votes in a general meeting of the stockholders. As a
result of the Exchange Agreement, the stockholders of FFB Australia control
FFBI, and FFB Australia has been deemed to have effected a reverse merger for
financial reporting purposes as of the date of the Exchange Agreement. The
deemed reverse merger has been recorded as a recapitalization of the Company,
with the net assets of FFBI and FFB Australia brought forward at their
historical bases. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, consulting fees were
accrued in the amount of $112,500 to Messrs. Mitchell Stough and Kevin Murray
for services rendered in connection with the completion of the transaction under
separate letter agreements executed with Mr. Mark A. Poulsen, as principal
stockholder of the Company (see Other Transactions below).

   Conversion of Notes

On September 20, 2004, the Company issued 420,000 shares of its common stock
with a value of $140,000 in connection with the conversion of certain Notes and
accrued interest (see Note 4).

On September 29, 2004, the Company issued 450,000 shares of its common stock
with a value of $225,000 in connection with the conversion of the remainder of
the Notes and accrued interest (see Note 4).

   Other Transactions

From the common stock issued to Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company, under the Exchange Agreement, L.R. Global received
500,000 shares of common stock. Mr. Poulsen also issued shares of common stock
that he received from the Exchange Agreement to satisfy the liabilities of the
Company assumed by FFBI related to the compensation of six individuals. FFBI
recognized the satisfaction of such liabilities by Mr. Poulsen as additional
paid-in capital (see Note 9).

The Company also owed Wayne Hoskin, a former director of the Company, the amount
of $7,500 as of September 14, 2004. The obligation resulted from a loan made to
the Company. Mr. Hoskin agreed to accept 15,000 shares of common stock of FFBI
in full satisfaction of this obligation. From the common stock issued to Mark A.
Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the
Exchange Agreement, Mr. Hoskin received 15,000 shares of common stock valued at
$7,500. FFBI recognized the satisfaction of this liability by Mr. Poulsen as
additional paid-in capital.

The Company also owed Donald Howell Wild, a former note holder and current
stockholder of the Company, the amount of $20,000 for services rendered related
to the private placement of Notes (see Note 4). From the common stock issued to

                                      F-42


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the
Exchange Agreement, on September 14, 2004, Mr. Wild received 40,000 shares of
common stock valued at $20,000. FFBI recognized the satisfaction of this
liability by Mr. Poulsen as additional paid-in capital.

The Company also owed Messrs. Mitchell Stough and Kevin Murray, consultants
engaged to complete the Exchange Agreement, the amount of $112,500 for services
rendered. Messrs. Stough and Murray were engaged to complete the Exchange
Agreement under separate letter agreements with Mr. Mark A. Poulsen, as
principal stockholder of the Company. From the common stock issued to Mark A.
Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the
Exchange Agreement, on September 14, 2004, Messrs. Stough and Murray, through
their respective nominees, received 225,000 shares of common stock valued at
$112,500. FFBI recognized the satisfaction of this liability by Mr. Poulsen as
additional paid-in capital. Mr. Stough is the Managing Director of Fort Street
Equity, Inc. (see Capital Formation Activity below).

   Capital Formation Activity

On November 10, 2003, FFBI entered into an agreement with Fort Street Equity,
Inc. ("Fort Street"), a Cayman Islands company, whereby Fort Street would assist
FFBI with the following: (i) the identification of a corporation validly
organized in the United States with which the Company could realize a deemed
reverse merger; and (ii) the completion and filing of a Registration Statement
on Form SB-2 with the SEC for the purpose of raising capital from the issuance
of common stock in the public markets of up to $4.5 million.

FFBI paid Fort Street two deposits against fees and costs amounting to $130,100.
The initial capital formation activity conducted by FFBI and Fort Street was not
successful due to the fact that the organization and completion of a deemed
reverse merger with a validly organized corporation in the United States could
not be effected. Further, as a result of the uncompleted deemed reverse merger,
FFBI expensed $77,000 of the amount paid to Fort Street as unsuccessful offering
costs. FFBI and Fort Street initiated a second capital formation activity that
resulted in the Exchange Agreement as described above, and the current activity
to file a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC. During the period
ended June 30, 2005, the Company paid an additional $39,653 in legal,
accounting, and filing fees related to the second capital formation activity. As
a result, as of June 30, 2005, the Company had $92,753 of deferred offering
costs which were comprised of legal and accounting fees paid, and other
professional and filing fees incurred to complete the Form SB-2 registration
process.

(6)      Income Taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the periods ended June 30, 2005,
and 2004, was as follows (using a 34 percent effective Federal income tax rate):


                                      F-43


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

                                                 2005          2004
                                              ----------    ----------
        Current Tax Provision:
          Federal-
            Taxable income                    $     --      $     --
                                              ----------    ----------
               Total current tax provision    $     --      $     --
                                              ==========    ==========

        Deferred Tax Provision:
          Federal-
            Loss carryforwards                $  182,300    $   44,300
            Change in valuation allowance       (182,300)      (44,300)
                                              ----------    ----------
               Total deferred tax provision   $     --      $     --
                                              ==========    ==========

The Company had deferred income tax assets as of June 30, 2005, as follows:

                                                 2005
                                              ----------

            Loss carryforwards                $  316,900
            Less - Valuation allowance          (316,900)
                                              ----------
               Total net deferred tax assets  $     --
                                              ==========

As of June 30, 2005, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for income
tax reporting purposes of approximately $932,100 that may be offset against
future taxable income. The net operating loss carryforwards expire in the years
2021-2025. Current tax laws limit the amount of loss available to be offset
against future taxable income when a substantial change in ownership occurs or a
change in the nature of the business. Therefore, the amount available to offset
future taxable income may be limited. No tax benefit has been reported in the
financial statements for the realization of loss carryforwards, as the Company
believes there is high probability that the carryforwards will not be utilized
in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the potential tax benefits of the loss
carryforwards are offset by a valuation allowance of the same amount.

(7)      Related Party Transactions

Mark A. Poulsen &  Associates  Pty.  Ltd. is an  Australian  private  entity and
stockholder of the Company. It is wholly owned by Mark A. Poulsen, President and
Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company.  As of June 30, 2005, the Company owed
$3,261 to this entity.  This amount owed to this entity was for working  capital
provided, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment.

Kamaneal  Investments Pty. Ltd. is an Australian private company and stockholder
of the Company owned by Mark A. Poulsen,  President and Chief Executive  Officer
of the Company,  and Karen Poulsen,  his wife. The purpose of this company is to
hold investments for Mr. and Mrs. Poulsen. As of June 30, 2005, the Company owed
$62,149 to this entity.  This amount owed was for working capital  provided,  is
non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment.


                                      F-44


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

As of June 30,  2005,  the  Company  owed $745 to Mark A. and Karen  Poulsen for
expenses  incurred on behalf of the Company.  Mr.  Poulsen is the  President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company. This amount owed was for working capital
provided, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment.

As of June 30, 2005, the Company owed $4,991 to Mr. GL Ray, a stockholder of the
Company, for an advance made. This amount owed was for working capital provided,
is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment.

Donald Howell Wild, a former note holder and current  stockholder of the Company
(see Note 4), is the uncle of Linda Wild,  also a former note holder and current
stockholder  of the  Company.  In  addition,  Mr.  Wild is the father of Laraine
Richardson, a principal in the Company of L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd., which
entity entered into a License Agreement with the Company on August 24, 2004 (see
Note 9). Mr. Wild also  assisted the Company  with the private  placement of the
Notes by marketing  the  placement,  and was  responsible  for the  subscription
agreements of several note holders.  Mr. Wild's services were valued at $20,000.
The  liability to Mr. Wild was  satisfied  by the  transfer of 40,000  shares of
common stock of FFBI directly to him from the shares  received from the Exchange
Agreement  by Mark A.  Poulsen,  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the
Company,  at a value of $.50 per share.  FFBI credited  paid-in  capital for the
value of the accrued liability satisfied by Mr. Poulsen.

As described in Note 4, the Company completed a private placement of Notes to
thirty individuals and entities with proceeds amounting to $365,000, and
subsequently converted the Notes to 870,000 shares of common stock of FFBI. Of
the thirty individuals and entities that subscribed to the private placement
offering of Notes, twelve parties are considered both account executives (part
of the independent marketing group of the Company) and independent Herbalife
distributors, and six of the parties are only independent Herbalife
distributors. Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company, is also an independent Herbalife distributor.

 (8)     Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of
Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51," ("FIN 46"). The
FASB issued a revised FIN 46 in December 2003, which modified and clarified
various aspects of the original interpretations. A Variable Interest Entity
("VIE") is created when (i) the equity investment at risk is not sufficient to
permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated
financial support from other parties or (ii) equity holders either (a) lack
direct or indirect ability to make decisions about the entity, (b) are not
obligated to absorb expected losses of the entity or (c) do not have the right
to receive expected residual returns of the entity if they occur. If an entity
is deemed to be a VIE, pursuant to FIN 46, an enterprise that absorbs a majority
of the expected losses of the VIE is considered the primary beneficiary and must
consolidate the VIE. For VIE's created before January 31, 2003, FIN 46 was
deferred to the end of the first interim or annual period ending after March 15,
2004. The adoption of FIN 46 did not have a material impact on the financial
position or results of operations of the Company.

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments With Characteristics of Both


                                      F-45


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

Liabilities and Equity," ("SFAS 150"). This standard requires issuers to
classify as liabilities the following three types of freestanding financial
instruments: (1) mandatory redeemable financial instruments, (2) obligations to
repurchase the issuer's equity shares by transferring assets; and (3) certain
obligations to issue a variable number of shares. The adoption of SFAS 150 did
not have a material impact on the financial position or results of operations of
the Company.

In December 2003, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 ("SAB 104"),
"Revenue Recognition," which supersedes SAB 101, "Revenue Recognition in
Financial Statements." SAB 104's primary purpose is to rescind the accounting
guidance contained in SAB 101 related to multiple element revenue arrangements,
superseded as a result of the issuance of EITF 00-21. The Company adopted the
provisions of SAB 104, and it did not have a material impact on the financial
position or results of operations of the Company.

In December 2004, the FASB announced that Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123R (revised December 2004), "Share-Based Payments," sets
accounting requirements for "share-based" compensation to employees, including
employee-stock-purchase-plans (ESPPs) and provides guidance on accounting for
awards to non-employees. This Statement will require the Company to recognize in
the statement of operations the grant-date fair value of stock options and other
equity-based compensation issued to employees, but expresses no preference for a
type of valuation model. For small business filers, this Statement is effective
beginning January 1, 2006.

In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 151, "Inventory Costs - An Amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 43
(ARB No. 43), Chapter 4," ("SFAS 151") which clarifies the accounting for
abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted
material (spoilage). Paragraph 5 of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, previously stated
that ". . . under some circumstances, items such as idle facility expense,
excessive spoilage, double freight, and rehandling costs may be so abnormal as
to require treatment as current period charges. . ." SFAS 151 requires that
those items be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they
meet the criterion of "so abnormal." In addition, SFAS 151 requires that
allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversions be based on
the normal capacity of the production facilities. The Company is required to
adopt SFAS 151 in fiscal year 2006, and its adoption is not expected to have a
significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

In December 2004, the FASB issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
No. 153,  "Exchange of Nonmonetary  Assets, An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29,"
("SFAS No.  153").  SFAS No. 153  addresses  the  measurement  of  exchanges  of
nonmonetary  assets.  The amendments  made by SFAS No. 153 are based on the fair
value of the assets  exchanged.  SFAS No. 153 also  eliminates the exception for
nonmonetary  exchanges  of  similar  productive  assets and  replaces  it with a
broader  exception  for  exchanges  of  nonmonetary  assets  that  do  not  have
commercial substance.  SFAS No. 153 is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges
occurring in fiscal  periods  beginning  after June 15,  2005.  The Company will
apply its  provisions  in fiscal  2006.  Such  provisions  and  adoption are not
expected to have a  significant  impact on the Company's  financial  position or
results of operations.

In May 2005,  the FASB issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No.
154, "Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No.

                                      F-46


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

20, Accounting  Changes,  and Statement No. 3, Reporting  Accounting  Changes in
Interim  Financial  Statements,"  ("SFAS No.  154").  SFAS No. 154  changes  the
requirements  for the  accounting  for, and reporting of, a change in accounting
principle.  Previously,  most voluntary  changes in accounting  principles  were
required to be recognized by way of a cumulative  effect  adjustment  within net
income  during  the  period  of the  change.  SFAS No.  154  generally  requires
retrospective  application  to prior period  financial  statements  of voluntary
changes in  accounting  principles.  SFAS No. 154 is  effective  for  accounting
changes made in fiscal years  beginning after December 15, 2005;  however,  SFAS
No. 154 does not change the  transition  provisions  of any existing  accounting
pronouncements.  The Company  does not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 154 will
have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

(9)      License Agreement

On August 24, 2004, the Company entered into a non-assignable  license agreement
(the "License Agreement") with L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd. ("L.R.  Global").
Pursuant to the License Agreement,  L.R. Global has the right or license,  for a
period  of ten  years,  to use of the  Company's  logo,  management  information
system,  and other material within  Australia and New Zealand.  L.R. Global will
assist in  identifying  new  clients for the  Company,  and  recruiting  account
executive and customer service  representatives.  Under the terms of the License
Agreement,  L.R.  Global was obligated to pay the Company  $500,000 on or before
December 31, 2004, for the grant of the license.  As of December 31, 2004,  L.R.
Global had only paid $117,750 toward the fee for the license, and was in default
under the License Agreement.

On January 14, 2005, the Company and L.R. Global entered into an extension
agreement whereby the terms of the License Agreement for payment of the
remaining amount of the $500,000 license fee were extended to May 31, 2005. As
of May 31, 2005, the balance of the License Agreement fees had not been paid,
and L.R. Global was in default under the License Agreement and amendment.

Subsequently, on June 14, 2005, the Company and L.R. Global entered into a
second extension whereby the terms of the License Agreement were amended as
follows: (i) for consideration of $7,000 paid by L.R. Global as a partial
payment of the license fee, the due date for the payment of the remaining
balance of the license fee was extended to a date within sixty (60) days
following the first date on which the common stock of the Company is quoted on
the OTC Bulletin Board or other recognized stock exchange; and, (ii) the two
principals of L.R. Global, Laraine Richardson and Dianne Waghorne, provided
personal guarantees to the Company for payment of the remaining balance of the
license fee in the event that the balance owed is not repaid by L.R. Global.

The delay experienced in collecting the remaining amount of the license fee from
L.R. Global is due primarily to the extended period of time required by the
Company to complete its capital formation activities, including the effective
date of its Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC. The principals of
L.R. Global have informed the management of the Company that L.R. Global entered
into the License Agreement with the understanding that the Company would
implement its plan of operations (including the completion of its capital
formation activities) in February 2005. At that time, L.R. Global was committed
to provide additional sales and marketing resources, and pay the remaining
amount of the license fee due. As a result of additional discussions with the
principals of L.R. Global and review of available credit information, management
of the Company believes that: (i) L.R. Global will honor the terms of the
License Agreement, and has sufficient operations and financial resources to pay
the remaining amount owed to the Company, (ii) complete payment of the license

                                      F-47


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

fee will be accomplished under the terms of the second extension agreement dated
June 14, 2005, and (iii) the personal guarantees of the principals of L.R.
Global provide sufficient additional assurance of collectibility under
Australian law. As of August 25, 2005, there have been no modifications to the
second extension agreement to the License Agreement, or changes in any of its
terms.

Due to the matters described above pertaining to the completion of its capital
formation activities, the Company has not recognized revenue from the License
Agreement for the period ended June 30, 2005.

As described in Note 5 above, from the shares issued to Mark A. Poulsen,
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the Exchange
Agreement, L.R. Global received 500,000 shares of common stock. The purpose of
the transfer was to further involve L.R. Global in the Company as a stockholder,
and to provide an incentive for L.R. Global to perform under the License
Agreement. Management of the Company maintains that the transfer of shares of
common stock to L.R. Global by Mark A. Poulsen was a private transaction between
the parties, and not part of the Exchange Agreement to be recognized in the
financial statements of the Company.

(10)     Promissory Notes - Fort Street Equity, Inc.

On May 10, 2005, the Ralston Superannuation Fund ("Ralston Fund") entered into
an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Ralston Fund agreed to
purchase 100,000 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount
of $19,050. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of
shares of common stock of the Company. The Trustee for the Ralston Fund is
Leanne Ralston, the wife of Prins A. Ralston. Mr. Ralston is the Senior Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company.

Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated May 11, 2005. The
promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent
per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest,
is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to
Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation. For the year
ended June 30, 2005, the Company accrued $132 in interest pertaining to this
promissory note.

On June 14, 2005, Mr. Bruce Gilling, an unrelated party, entered into an Option
Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Mr. Gilling agreed to purchase
50,000 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of
$15,000. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of
shares of common stock of the Company.

Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated June 19, 2005. The
promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent
per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest,
is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to
Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation. For the year
ended June 30, 2005, the Company accrued $23 in interest pertaining to this
promissory note.

                                      F-48


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

(11)     Commitments and Contingencies

For each fiscal year since inception, the Company has recognized as compensation
expense the ongoing contribution of time and effort of six individuals, two of
which, currently serve as officers of the Company. Such individuals have
provided their time and effort without formal compensation by the Company which
in certain instances dates back to 1998. For the years ended June 30, 2005, and
2004, the Company recorded accrued compensation expense amounting to $23,384,
and $40,368, respectively. Through September 14, 2004, the total liability for
employee compensation amounted to $220,000. This obligation was satisfied by the
transfer of 440,000 shares of common stock of FFBI directly to the individuals
from the shares received from the Exchange Agreement by Mark A. Poulsen,
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, at a value of $.50 per
share. FFBI credited paid-in capital for the value of the accrued compensation
satisfied by Mr. Poulsen.

On September 21, 2004, the Company entered into a contract with Insource Pty.
Ltd., a related party, for software services pertaining to the development of
certain computerized systems for customer service, administration, and
information reporting purposes. The contract price for the software development
services amounted to approximately $30,500, which was subsequently increased by
approximately $10,000, and the estimated duration of the contract term was 14
weeks. Further, under the terms of the contract, a down payment of $3,500 was to
be made, followed by weekly progress payments of approximately $1,930. The
estimated term of the contract was subsequently extended to the end of June
2005, and certain additional features were added to the computerized systems
applications. The Company has classified the costs incurred through June 30,
2005, amounting to $40,071, as "Software development in progress" in the
accompanying balance sheet.

On November 28, 2004, the Company entered into a month-to-month  expense sharing
agreement  for office rent and other common area expenses with Mark A. Poulsen &
Associates  Pty. Ltd. that provided for an effective  date of July 1, 2004.  The
expense sharing agreement  replaced a lease arrangement  between the Company and
Mark A. Poulsen & Associates  Pty. Ltd.  that expired on November 30, 2004.  For
the year ended June 30,  2005,  the Company  accrued  $16,171 in office rent and
common area costs pertaining to this agreement.

On  February  1,  2005,  the  Company  also  entered  into  a  registered  agent
arrangement with Incorp.  Services,  Inc.  whereby Incorp.  agreed to act as the
registered agent for the State of Nevada, and to provide certain virtual office,
office  facility  use, and  administrative  services to the Company for a fee of
$1,495 per year.

The following transactions were dated November 29, 2004, or as otherwise
indicated:

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Mark A. Poulsen to serve
as its President and Chief Executive Officer. Under the terms of the agreement,
Mr. Poulsen will be compensated at the annual rate of approximately $289,000 for
services to FFBI. He will also be paid 5 percent of the value of each country or
geographic-area license sold. In addition, on December 1, 2004, the Board of
Directors of FFBI awarded a bonus of approximately $388,250 to be paid to Mr.
Poulsen within 30 days after the listing of the common stock of FFBI on the
over-the-counter bulletin board of the NASD.

                                      F-49


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Prins A. Ralston to serve
as its Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Under the terms of the
agreement, Mr. Ralston will be compensated at the annual rate of approximately
$131,000, plus benefits and bonus. In addition, Mr. Ralston will be granted
options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock of FFBI under an option plan,
when and if established. The Company will also be obligated to pay a recruiting
fee for the employment of Mr. Ralston to Hudson Global Resources, an executive
personnel placement firm, amounting to approximately $21,100.

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Anthony F. Head to serve
as its Senior Vice President of Sales. Mr. Head is also a Director of the
Company. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Head will be compensated at the
annual rate of approximately $77,000, plus benefits and bonus. He will also be
paid 5 percent of the value of each country or geographic-area license sold.

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Sandra L. Wendt to serve
as its Vice President of Administration and Chief Financial Officer. Under the
terms of the agreement, Ms. Wendt will be compensated at the annual rate of
approximately $42,400, plus benefits and bonus.

(12)     Subsequent Events

On July 1, 2005, Therese Mulherin, a part-time employee of the Company, entered
into two Option Purchase Agreements with Fort Street whereby the Ms. Mulherin
agreed to purchase 277,576 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for
$60,240. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of
shares of common stock of the Company.

Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company under the terms of two separate promissory notes dated July 1,
2005. Each promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five
(5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the notes, together with any
remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory
notes are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the
obligations.

(13)     Subsequent Additional Promissory Note Transactions

On August 19, 2005, Mr. Mark Hoey, a stockholder of the Company, entered into an
Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby Mr. Hoey agreed to purchase
66,666 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of
$20,000. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of
shares of common stock of the Company.

Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated August 29, 2005. The
promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent
per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest,
is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to
Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation.

On August 26, 2005, the Kelly Superannuation Fund, an unrelated party, entered
into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Fund agreed to

                                      F-50


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004

purchase 16,666 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount
of $5,000. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of
shares of common stock of the Company.

Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated August 29, 2005. The
promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent
per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest,
is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to
Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation.

On September 14, 2005, Sandra L. Wendt, Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of the Company, entered into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort
Street whereby the Fund agreed to purchase 13,420 stock options of the Company
held by Fort Street for the amount of $2,280. The stock options entitle the
holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company.

Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated September 14, 2005.
The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5)
percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining
interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are
payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation.

On September 23, 2005, Keith Appleby, an unrelated party, entered into an Option
Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Fund agreed to purchase 16,666
stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $5,000. The
stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common
stock of the Company.

Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated September 23, 2005.
The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5)
percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining
interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are
payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation.

On September 26, 2005, Neil Wendt, a related party, entered into an Option
Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Fund agreed to purchase 25,000
stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $7,500. The
stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common
stock of the Company.

Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options
to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated September 26, 2005.
The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5)
percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining
interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are
payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation.


                                      F-51


                      FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                        3,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
     RESALE OF 1,434,006 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE IN CONNECTION WITH
                      THE CONVERSION OF OUTSTANDING OPTIONS
                 1,784,000 SELLING SECURITY HOLDER COMMON SHARES

                                   PROSPECTUS

YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT OR THAT WE
HAVE REFERRED YOU TO. WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH
INFORMATION THAT IS DIFFERENT. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL COMMON
STOCK AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY COMMON STOCK IN ANY STATE WHERE THE
OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

Until __________, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities,
whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a
prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions.

                PART II -- INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws provide that we shall indemnify to
the fullest extent permitted by Nevada law any person whom we may indemnify
thereunder, including our directors, officers, employees and agents. Such
indemnification (other than as ordered by a court) shall be made by us only upon
a determination that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the
individual met the applicable standard of conduct i.e., such person acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our
best interest. Advances for such indemnification may be made pending such
determination. Such determination shall be made by a majority vote of a quorum
consisting of disinterested directors, or by independent legal counsel or by the
stockholders. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation provides for the
elimination, to the extent permitted by Nevada, of personal liability of our
directors and our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty
as directors.

We have agreed to indemnify each of our directors and certain officers against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons
pursuant to the provisions described above, or otherwise, we have been advised
that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of
1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than our payment of expenses
incurred or paid by our director, officer or controlling person in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction
the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication
of such issue.

Item 25. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the expenses in connection with the issuance and
distribution of the securities being registered hereby. All such expenses will
be borne by the registrant; none shall be borne by any selling stockholders.

                Securities and Exchange
                Commission registration fee              $   1,200
                Legal fees and expenses (1)                 65,000
                Accounting fees and expenses (1)            35,000
                Blue Sky Fees(1)                            12,500
                Miscellaneous Administrative Costs (1)       4,800
                Printing Costs (1)                           7,500
                                                         ---------
                Total(1)                                 $ 126,000
                                                         =========

     (1) Estimated.


                                       69


Item 26. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On September 14, 2004, we issued 15,000,000 shares of our restricted common
stock and 1,000,000 shares of our preferred stock to Mark Poulsen & Associates
Pty Ltd. in accordance with an Exchange Agreement with Fit For Business
(Australia) Pty Limited (our "Subsidiary") whereby we acquired all of the issued
and outstanding capital stock of the Subsidiary (81 shares). The issuance was
valued at $16,000. Our shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from
registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. No
commissions were paid for the issuance of such shares. The above issuance of
shares of our common stock qualified for exemption under Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act of 1933 since the issuance of such shares by us did not involve a
public offering. Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd. was a sophisticated investor
and had access to information normally provided in a prospectus regarding us.
The offering was not a "public offering" as defined in Section 4(2) due to the
insubstantial number of persons involved in the deal, size of the offering,
manner of the offering and number of shares offered. We did not undertake an
offering in which we sold a high number of shares to a high number of investors.
In addition, Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd. had the necessary investment
intent as required by Section 4(2) since the company agreed to and received a
share certificate bearing a legend stating that such shares are restricted
pursuant to Rule 144 of the 1933 Securities Act. These restrictions ensure that
these shares would not be immediately redistributed into the market and
therefore not be part of a "public offering." Based on an analysis of the above
factors, we have met the requirements to qualify for exemption under Section
4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 for the above transaction.

On September 14, 2004 we issued 440,000 shares of our restricted common stock to
Mark A. Poulsen in consideration for accrued employee compensation. The issuance
was valued at $.50 per share or $220,000. Our shares were issued in reliance on
the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
of 1933. No commissions were paid for the issuance of such shares. The above
issuance of shares of our common stock qualified for exemption under Section
4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 since the issuance of such shares by us did
not involve a public offering. Mr. Poulsen was a sophisticated investor and had
access to information normally provided in a prospectus regarding us. The
offering was not a "public offering" as defined in Section 4(2) due to the
insubstantial number of persons involved in the deal, size of the offering,
manner of the offering and number of shares offered. We did not undertake an
offering in which we sold a high number of shares to a high number of investors.
In addition, Mr. Poulsen had the necessary investment intent as required by
Section 4(2) since he agreed to and received a share certificate bearing a
legend stating that such shares are restricted pursuant to Rule 144 of the 1933
Securities Act. These restrictions ensure that these shares would not be
immediately redistributed into the market and therefore not be part of a "public
offering." Based on an analysis of the above factors, we have met the
requirements to qualify for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
of 1933 for the above transaction.

On September 14, 2004 we issued 15,000 shares of our restricted common stock to
Mark A. Poulsen in consideration for a loan of $7,500 made by Mr. Poulsen. The
issuance was valued at $.50 per share or $7,500. Our shares were issued in
reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act of 1933. No commissions were paid for the issuance of such
shares. The above issuance of shares of our common stock qualified for exemption
under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 since the issuance of such
shares by us did not involve a public offering. Mr. Poulsen was a sophisticated
investor and had access to information normally provided in a prospectus
regarding us. The offering was not a "public offering" as defined in Section
4(2) due to the insubstantial number of persons involved in the deal, size of
the offering, manner of the offering and number of shares offered. We did not
undertake an offering in which we sold a high number of shares to a high number
of investors. In addition, Mr. Poulsen had the necessary investment intent as
required by Section 4(2) since he agreed to and received a share certificate
bearing a legend stating that such shares are restricted pursuant to Rule 144 of
the 1933 Securities Act. These restrictions ensure that these shares would not
be immediately redistributed into the market and therefore not be part of a
"public offering." Based on an analysis of the above factors, we have met the
requirements to qualify for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
of 1933 for the above transaction.

                                       70




On September 14, 2004, we issued 40,000 shares of our restricted common stock to
Mark A. Poulsen in consideration for accrued consulting services. The issuance
was valued at $.50 per share or $20,000. Our shares were issued in reliance on
the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
of 1933. No commissions were paid for the issuance of such shares. The above
issuance of shares of our common stock qualified for exemption under Section
4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 since the issuance of such shares by us did
not involve a public offering. Mr. Poulsen was a sophisticated investor and had
access to information normally provided in a prospectus regarding us. The
offering was not a "public offering" as defined in Section 4(2) due to the
insubstantial number of persons involved in the deal, size of the offering,
manner of the offering and number of shares offered. We did not undertake an
offering in which we sold a high number of shares to a high number of investors.
In addition, Mr. Poulsen had the necessary investment intent as required by
Section 4(2) since he agreed to and received a share certificate bearing a
legend stating that such shares are restricted pursuant to Rule 144 of the 1933
Securities Act. These restrictions ensure that these shares would not be
immediately redistributed into the market and therefore not be part of a "public
offering." Based on an analysis of the above factors, we have met the
requirements to qualify for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
of 1933 for the above transaction.

On September 20, 2004, we issued shares of our common stock based on a
conversion of our promissory notes. Specifically, we converted units into
420,000 shares of our common stock. The transaction was valued at $0.33 per
share of common stock for a total of $140,000. The shares were issued to the
following:

                                                             Per Share   Date(s) Convertible
Investor                           Shares    Consideration     Value       Note(s) Issued
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             
Junay Pty Ltd Trustee for
KL Notaras Family Trust             75,000      $25,000        $0.33     10/30/03; 2/11/04
Mushroom Systems International
Pty Ltd.                            15,000      $ 5,000        $0.33          11/05/03
Jaroulin Pty Ltd.                   30,000      $10,000        $0.33          11/06/03
Dean Harrison Family Trust          30,000      $10,000        $0.33          11/07/03
Leigh Troy                          30,000      $10,000        $0.33          11/10/03
Kendal Robinson                     15,000      $ 5,000        $0.33          11/20/03
Mark Hoey                          120,000      $40,000        $0.33          11/24/03
GL Ray Enterprises                  15,000      $ 5,000        $0.33          11/25/03
Roan Lee                            30,000      $10,000        $0.33          12/10/03
The Credence Superannuation Fund    60,000      $20,000        $0.33          03/10/04

On September 29, 2004, we issued shares of our common stock based on a
conversion of our promissory notes. Specifically, we converted units into
450,000 shares of our common stock. The transaction was valued at $0.50 per
share of common stock for a total of $225,000. The shares were issued to the
following:

                                                             Per Share   Date(s) Convertible
Investor                           Shares    Consideration     Value       Note(s) Issued
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vexa Superannuation Fund            20,000      $10,000        $0.50          05/21/04
Junay Pty Ltd Trustee for
KL Notaras Family Trust             20,000      $10,000        $0.50          05/24/04
Maria Corry                         20,000      $10,000        $0.50          05/28/04
Boyana & Dragan Aralica             10,000      $ 5,000        $0.50          05/31/04
Heather Kraus                       10,000      $ 5,000        $0.50          05/31/04
Wibcara Pty Ltd. Trustee for
Kraus Superannuation Fund           10,000      $ 5,000        $0.50          05/31/04
Clifford Henkel                     20,000      $10,000        $0.50          07/01/04
Helen Hughes                        40,000      $20,000        $0.50          08/16/04
Robert E. and Valda J. Bradley      20,000      $10,000        $0.50          08/30/04
Donald Howell Wild                  10,000      $ 5,000        $0.50          08/30/04
Maxwell Spackman                    10,000      $ 5,000        $0.50          08/31/04
Benjamin David Spackman             20,000      $10,000        $0.50          08/31/04
Lily Lee Lee Lee                    20,000      $10,000        $0.50          08/31/04
Roslina Binte Mohamed Sa'ad         20,000      $10,000        $0.50          08/31/04
Zainon Binte Ismail                 10,000      $ 5,000        $0.50          09/01/04
James and Joan Stewart as
Trustees of the R Stewart
Pty Ltd Superannuation Fund         40,000      $20,000        $0.50          09/03/04
Ann Maree Wood                      10,000      $ 5,000        $0.50          09/07/04
Walter Puawai McDermott             20,000      $10,000        $0.50          09/10/04
Linda Wild                          70,000      $35,000        $0.50          09/14/04
Denise Linsley-Hayles               10,000      $ 5,000        $0.50          09/17/04
Wayne Jobson                        40,000      $20,000        $0.50          09/24/04


                                       71


Our shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided
by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. The offerings were not a "public
offering" as defined in Section 4(2) due to the insubstantial number of persons
involved in the deal, size of the offering, manner of the offering and number of
shares offered. We did not undertake an offering in which we sold a high number
of shares to a high number of investors. In addition, the above-referenced
parties had the necessary investment intent as required by Section 4(2) since
they agreed to and received a share certificate bearing a legend stating that
such shares are restricted pursuant to Rule 144 of the 1933 Securities Act. The
purchasers were sophisticated investors and had access to information normally
provided in a prospectus regarding us.

These restrictions ensure that these shares would not be immediately
redistributed into the market and therefore not be part of a "public offering."
Based on an analysis of the above factors, we have met the requirements to
qualify for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 for the
above transaction.

On July 25, 2004, we issued 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity, Inc. to
purchase the same number of shares of our common stock for $10,000 in cash. The
issuance was valued at $.005 per option or $10,000. Our options were issued in
reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act of 1933. No commissions were paid for the issuance of such
options. The above issuance of options to purchase shares of our common stock
qualified for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 since
the issuance of such options by us did not involve a public offering. Fort
Street Equity, Inc. was a sophisticated investor and had access to information
normally provided in a prospectus regarding us. The offering was not a "public
offering" as defined in Section 4(2) due to the insubstantial number of persons
involved in the deal, size of the offering, manner of the offering and number of
shares offered. We did not undertake an offering in which we sold a high number
of shares to a high number of investors.

In addition, Fort Street Equity, Inc. had the necessary investment intent as
required by Section 4(2) since it agreed to and received an option certificate
bearing a legend stating that the shares underlying the options are restricted
pursuant to Rule 144 of the 1933 Securities Act. These restrictions ensure that
the shares underlying the options would not be immediately redistributed into
the market and therefore not be part of a "public offering." Based on an
analysis of the above factors, we have met the requirements to qualify for
exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 for the above
transaction.

After issuance of the 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity, Inc., it then
acted as an underwriter and sold the following options: 100,000 options to
Ralston Superannuation Fund, 50,000 options to Bruce Gilling, 277,576 options to
Therese Mulherin, 16,666 options to Kelly Superannuation Fund, 66,666 options to
Mark Hoey, 13,420 options to Sandra Wendt, 16,666 options to Keith Appleby and
25,000 options to Neil Wendt. In addition, for the purposes of providing working
capital, we borrowed from Fort Street Equity $19,050 on May 11, 2005, $15,000 on
June 19, 2005, $60,240 on July 1, 2005, $20,000 and $5,000 on August 29, 2005,
$2,280 on September 14 2005, $5000 on September 23, 2005 and $7,500 on September
26, 2005.

Based on the above transactions, it is possible that it can be determined that
we violated Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933. Section 5(a) of the
Securities Act prohibits the use of any means or instruments of transportation
or communication in interstate commerce or of the mails to sell a security
unless a registration statement is in effect as to such security. Section 5(c)
of the Securities Act prohibits the use of any means or instruments of
transportation or communication in interstate commerce or of the mails to offer
to sell or offer to buy a security unless a registration statement has been
filed as to such security. Because of the proximity in time between sales of
securities held by Fort Street Equity to third parties and loans made by Fort
Street Equity to us, such transactions, taken together, may be viewed as a
primary offering by us or on our behalf without an effective registration
statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

If it is determined that such transactions constitute a primary offering by or
on behalf of us in violation of Section 5 of the 1933 Act, then we may be
subject to remedial sanctions. Such sanctions may include the payment of
disgorgement, prejudgment interest and civil or criminal penalties. We are not
aware of any pending claims for sanctions against us based on Section 5 of the
1933 Act, and we intend to vigorously defend against any such claims if they
arise. However, in our financial statements, we have classified the promissory
notes, amounting to $126,528 of principal, and accrued interest of $1,491, as of
September 30, 2005, as amounts subject to rescission.

                                       72


Item 27. Exhibits.

3.1.    Certificate of Incorporation (1)

3.1(a)  Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation (2)

3.2     Bylaws (3)

5.1     Opinion and Consent of Anslow & Jaclin, LLP

10.1    Exchange Agreement dated September 5th, 2004 between us and Fit For
        Business (Australia) Pty Limited (1)

10.2    Stock Option Agreement dated July 25, 2004 between us and Fort Street
        Equity, Inc. (subscription agreement) (1)

10.2.1  Stock Option Extension Letter (6)

10.3    License Agreement with L.R. Global Marketing Pty Ltd. and Extension
        Agreement (3)

10.4    Employment Agreement - Mark A. Poulsen (1)

10.5    Employment Agreement - Anthony F. Head (1)

10.6    Employment Agreement - Prins A. Ralston (1)

10.7    Employment Agreement - Sandra L. Wendt (1)

10.8    Agreement with Insource Pty Ltd. (1)

10.9    Two (2) Promissory Notes with Fort Street Equity both dated
        July 1, 2005 (3)

10.9.1  Five (5) Promissory Notes with Fort Street Equity dated as follows:
        September 14, 2005; two (2) dated August 29, 2005; June 19, 2005; and
        May 11, 2005 (4)

10.9.2  Two (2) Promissory Notes with Fort Street Equity dated as follows:
        September 23, 2005; and September 26, 2005. (5)

21.1    Subsidiaries (1)

23.1    Consent of Davis Accounting Group, P.C., independent auditors.

24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Registration Statement)

99.1    Conflict of Interest Policy (3)

99.2    Letter Evidencing Non-Association between Fit For Business International
        and Fit For Business Family Trust (3)

(1) Originally submitted with Form SB-2 registration statement on March 7, 2005
(SEC File No. 333-123176).

(2) Submitted with Amendment No. 1 to Form SB-2 registration statement on May 4,
2005 (SEC File No. 333-123176).

(3) Submitted with Amendment No. 3 to Form SB-2 registration statement on August
1, 2005 (SEC File No. 333-123176).

(4) Submitted with Amendment No. 5 to Form SB-2 registration statement on
September 26, 2005 (SEC File No. 333-123176).

(5) Submitted with Amendment No. 6 to Form SB-2 registration statement on
October 19, 2005 (SEC File No. 333-123176).

(6) Submitted with Amendment No. 8 to Form SB-2 registration statement on
December 30, 2005 (SEC File No. 333-123176).

                                       73


Item 28. Undertakings.

(A) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

(i) Include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of
1933;

(ii) Reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which, individually or
together, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the
registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease
in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered
would not exceed that which was registered) any deviation from the low or high
end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of
prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the
aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change
in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of
Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii)Include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution
not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to
such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of
the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the
offering.

(B) Undertaking Required by Regulation S-B, Item 512(e).

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or controlling persons pursuant to
the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel that the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, and will be
governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

                                       74


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has
duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Milton, Country of
Australia, on the 10th day of February, 2006.


FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

BY:  /s/ Mark A. Poulsen
   --------------------------------------
   Mark A. Poulsen
   Chief Executive Officer, President and
   Chairman of the Board of Directors


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned directors and officers of Fit For Business International Inc.
hereby constitute and appoint Mark A. Poulsen, with full power to act without
others and with full power of substitution and re-substitution, our true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact with full power to execute in our name and behalf in
the capacities indicated below any and all amendments (including post-effective
amendments and amendments thereto) to this registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1933 and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission
and hereby ratify and confirm each and every act and thing that such attorney-
in-fact, or his substitutes, shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration
statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.

--------------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------
   SIGNATURE                           TITLE                       DATE
--------------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------
 /s/ Mark A. Poulsen          Chief Executive Officer,       February 10, 2006
-----------------------       President and Chairman of
Mark A. Poulsen               the Board of Directors

--------------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------
 /s/ Sandra Wendt             Senior Vice President of       February 10, 2006
-----------------------       Administration, Chief
Sandra Wendt                  Financial Officer and
                              Principal Accounting Officer
--------------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------
 /s/ Prins Ralston            Senior Vice President and      February 10, 2006
-----------------------       Chief Operating Officer
Prins Ralston

--------------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------
 /s/ Anthony F. Head          Senior Vice President of       February 10, 2006
-----------------------       Sales and Director
Anthony F. Head

--------------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------------


                                       75